Contents

The Bott operator, suspension, and reduction of the index to Euclidean space

Written by Claude Opus 5.5 (Anthropic), September 2026. Self-checked by the writing AI. Public domain (CC0).

Edited and supplemented by Codex, September 2026. The additions and editorial corrections are also public domain (CC0).

This lesson moves the index of an elliptic operator on a compact manifold to an operator on a Euclidean space. The route has four steps.

  1. We build one operator of index one on ℝn\mathbb R^n, the Bott operator. It uses only the Euclidean structure of ℝn\mathbb R^n, so it commutes with the orthogonal group. Its index is computed from an energy identity for the harmonic oscillator (Sections 2–8).
  2. We combine an elliptic symbol on a compact manifold YY with the Bott symbol along the fibres of a Euclidean vector bundle over YY, and we prove that the index does not change. This is the suspension theorem (Sections 9–11).
  3. We embed YY in some ℝν\mathbb R^\nu. Its normal bundle is then diffeomorphic to a tubular neighbourhood of YY, and every vector bundle over a compact manifold becomes trivial after adding a suitable complement (Section 12).
  4. We apply the suspension theorem to the normal bundle, trivialize the bundles, and move the operator into the tubular neighbourhood. The result is a square system on ℝν\mathbb R^\nu that equals the identity outside a compact set and has the same index as the operator we started with (Section 13).

After this reduction, an index formula for systems on Euclidean space that are trivial at infinity gives an index formula on every compact manifold. The same strategy, carried out in K-theory, is the embedding proof of the Atiyah–Singer index theorem.

The lesson assumes the index theory of elliptic pseudodifferential operators on a compact manifold, including the index of a continuous symbol and its homotopy invariance, from the lesson Symbols, finite defects, and the index on a closed manifold. It also uses Fredholm theory in Banach spaces (Finite defects under perturbation), the Euclidean symbol calculus (From symbol estimates to operators on every Sobolev scale), symbols for a slowly varying metric (Localizing symbols when the measuring scale moves, Two measuring scales, one Weyl product and When a moving symbol scale controls an operator), and pseudodifferential operators on manifolds (Detecting regularity without choosing coordinates). The facts we use are stated in full in Section 1.

The proof inputs are the linked course lessons; Section 17 writes out the additional receiving arguments.

1. Conventions and background

Conventions

Proofs used from earlier lessons

The following facts are proved in the preceding course lessons linked after each statement. Their hypotheses and conclusions are stated here so that each application can be checked at its full generality. Operators between Banach spaces are bounded and linear. An operator is Fredholm if its kernel and its cokernel are finite-dimensional; its range is then closed, and its index is dim⁡ker⁡−dim⁡coker\dim\ker-\dim\operatorname{coker}.

Fact 1.1 (Compactness test). An operator T:X→YT:X\to Y between Banach spaces has finite-dimensional kernel and closed range if and only if every bounded sequence (xj)(x_j) for which (Txj)(Tx_j) converges has a convergent subsequence. In that case, for every closed complement MM of ker⁡T\ker T there is a>0a>0 with ∥Tm∥≥a∥m∥\|Tm\|\ge a\|m\| for all m∈Mm\in M. See Finite defects under perturbation.

Fact 1.2 (Small perturbations). If T:X→YT:X\to Y is Fredholm, there is ε>0\varepsilon>0 such that for every EE with ∥E∥<ε\|E\|<\varepsilon the operator T+ET+E is Fredholm, dim⁡ker⁡(T+E)≤dim⁡ker⁡T\dim\ker(T+E)\le\dim\ker T, and ind⁡(T+E)=ind⁡T\operatorname{ind}(T+E)=\operatorname{ind}T. See Finite defects under perturbation.

Fact 1.3 (Products, sums and parametrices). If A:X→YA:X\to Y and B:Y→ZB:Y\to Z are Fredholm, then BABA is Fredholm and ind⁡(BA)=ind⁡A+ind⁡B\operatorname{ind}(BA)=\operatorname{ind}A+\operatorname{ind}B. A finite direct sum of Fredholm operators is Fredholm, and its index is the sum of the indices. A bounded bijection has index 00. If T:X→YT:X\to Y and there are L,R:Y→XL,R:Y\to X such that LT−ILT-I and TR−ITR-I are compact, then TT is Fredholm. See Finite defects under perturbation.

Fact 1.4 (Strongly continuous families). Let II be a compact space, and let Tt:X→YT_t:X\to Y and St:Y→XS_t:Y\to X, t∈It\in I, be strongly continuous: t↦Ttxt\mapsto T_tx and t↦Styt\mapsto S_ty are continuous for each xx and each yy. Suppose that the families StTt−IS_tT_t-I and TtSt−IT_tS_t-I are collectively compact: the set of all (StTt−I)x(S_tT_t-I)x with t∈It\in I and ∥x∥≤1\|x\|\le1 has compact closure, and likewise for the other family. Then every TtT_t is Fredholm, the function t↦dim⁡ker⁡Ttt\mapsto\dim\ker T_t is upper semicontinuous, and t↦ind⁡Ttt\mapsto\operatorname{ind}T_t is locally constant, hence constant when II is connected. See Finite defects under perturbation.

Fact 1.5 (L2L^2 boundedness). There is an integer LnL_n, depending only on nn, with the following property. If a(x,ξ)a(x,\xi) is a smooth matrix-valued function on ℝ2n\mathbb R^{2n} whose derivatives of order at most LnL_n are all bounded by MM, then ∥Op⁡(a)u∥≤CnM∥u∥\|\operatorname{Op}(a)u\|\le C_nM\|u\| for u∈𝒮(ℝn)u\in\mathcal S(\mathbb R^n), so Op⁡(a)\operatorname{Op}(a) extends to a bounded operator on L2L^2. This is a form of the Calderón–Vaillancourt theorem. See From symbol estimates to operators on every Sobolev scale.

Fact 1.6 (Kernels of operators of low order). If a∈S1,0qa\in S^q_{1,0} with q<−nq<-n, the Schwartz kernel K(x,y)K(x,y) of Op⁡(a)\operatorname{Op}(a) is a continuous function, and |K(x,y)|≤CN⟨x−y⟩−N|K(x,y)|\le C_N\langle x-y\rangle^{-N} for every NN. See From symbol estimates to operators on every Sobolev scale.

Fact 1.7 (Composition and asymptotic sums). If a∈S1,0m1a\in S^{m_1}_{1,0} and b∈S1,0m2b\in S^{m_2}_{1,0}, then Op⁡(a)Op⁡(b)=Op⁡(a∘b)\operatorname{Op}(a)\operatorname{Op}(b)=\operatorname{Op}(a\circ b) with a∘b∈S1,0m1+m2a\circ b\in S^{m_1+m_2}_{1,0}, and a∘b−∑|α|<N(∂ξαa)(Dxαb)/α!∈S1,0m1+m2−Na\circ b-\sum_{|\alpha|<N}(\partial_\xi^\alpha a)(D_x^\alpha b)/\alpha!\in S^{m_1+m_2-N}_{1,0} for every NN. If aj∈S1,0mja_j\in S^{m_j}_{1,0} and mj→−∞m_j\to-\infty, there is a∈S1,0max⁡jmja\in S^{\max_jm_j}_{1,0} with a−∑j<kaj∈S1,0max⁡j≥kmja-\sum_{j<k}a_j\in S^{\max_{j\ge k}m_j}_{1,0} for every kk, and with supp⁡a⊂⋃jsupp⁡aj\operatorname{supp}a\subset\bigcup_j\operatorname{supp}a_j. See From symbol estimates to operators on every Sobolev scale.

Fact 1.8 (Elliptic parametrices). Let a∈S1,0ma\in S^m_{1,0} take values in square matrices and be uniformly elliptic: ∥a(x,ξ)v∥≥c⟨ξ⟩m∥v∥\|a(x,\xi)v\|\ge c\langle\xi\rangle^m\|v\| for all xx, all vv and |ξ|≥C|\xi|\ge C. Choose b0∈S1,0−mb_0\in S^{-m}_{1,0} with ab0=b0a=Iab_0=b_0a=I for large |ξ||\xi|, and put r=I−a∘b0r=I-a\circ b_0 and ℓ=I−b0∘a\ell=I-b_0\circ a, which lie in S1,0−1S^{-1}_{1,0}. Asymptotic sums of the series ∑jb0∘r∘j\sum_jb_0\circ r^{\circ j} and ∑jℓ∘j∘b0\sum_j\ell^{\circ j}\circ b_0 give b∈S1,0−mb\in S^{-m}_{1,0} with a∘b−Ia\circ b-I and b∘a−Ib\circ a-I in S−∞S^{-\infty}. Consequently, if u∈Hsu\in H^s for some ss and Op⁡(a)u∈H∞=⋂tHt\operatorname{Op}(a)u\in H^\infty=\bigcap_tH^t, then u∈H∞u\in H^\infty; in particular uu is smooth. See From symbol estimates to operators on every Sobolev scale.

Fact 1.9 (Composition for a slowly varying metric). Let σ((x,ξ),(y,η))=ξ⋅y−x⋅η\sigma((x,\xi),(y,\eta))=\xi\cdot y-x\cdot\eta be the symplectic form on ℝ2n\mathbb R^{2n}. For a metric gg, let gXσ(T)=sup⁡S≠0σ(T,S)2/gX(S)g^\sigma_X(T)=\sup_{S\ne0}\sigma(T,S)^2/g_X(S) be its dual metric, and h(X)2=sup⁡T≠0gX(T)/gXσ(T)h(X)^2=\sup_{T\ne0}g_X(T)/g^\sigma_X(T) its Planck function. Assume: - gg is slowly varying: there are c,C>0c,C>0 such that gX(Y−X)≤cg_X(Y-X)\le c implies C−1gX≤gY≤CgXC^{-1}g_X\le g_Y\le Cg_X; - gg is symplectically temperate: g≤gσg\le g^\sigma, and gXσ(T)≤CgYσ(T)(1+gYσ(X−Y))Ng^\sigma_X(T)\le Cg^\sigma_Y(T)\bigl(1+g^\sigma_Y(X-Y)\bigr)^N for all X,Y,TX,Y,T; - g(x,ξ)(t,τ)=g(x,ξ)(t,−τ)g_{(x,\xi)}(t,\tau)=g_{(x,\xi)}(t,-\tau).

Let the weights m1,m2m_1,m_2 be gg-continuous (gX(Y−X)≤cg_X(Y-X)\le c implies C−1≤m(Y)/m(X)≤CC^{-1}\le m(Y)/m(X)\le C) and temperate (m(Y)≤Cm(X)(1+gYσ(X−Y))Nm(Y)\le Cm(X)(1+g^\sigma_Y(X-Y))^N). If a∈S(m1,g)a\in S(m_1,g) and b∈S(m2,g)b\in S(m_2,g), then Op⁡(a)Op⁡(b)=Op⁡(a∘b)\operatorname{Op}(a)\operatorname{Op}(b)=\operatorname{Op}(a\circ b) on 𝒮\mathcal S, and a∘b−ab∈S(hm1m2,g)a\circ b-ab\in S(hm_1m_2,g). Each seminorm of a∘b−aba\circ b-ab is bounded by a constant times a product of finitely many seminorms of aa and of bb, and the constant depends only on nn, on the seminorm and on the constants in the hypotheses. See When a moving symbol scale controls an operator.

The complete split-metric receiving proof is Section 17.1, (P261.1)–(P261.7). It combines Quadratic Fourier multipliers at a moving scale, Theorems 7.1 and 8.1 and (G24)–(G26), Two measuring scales, one Weyl product, (W31)–(W34), and From Weyl symbols to operators and changes of coordinates, (A21), (A25), (A33)–(A43).

In Facts 1.10–1.16, XX is a compact manifold and E,FE,F are Hermitian vector bundles over it.

Fact 1.10 (Rellich compactness). For δ>0\delta>0 the inclusion Hs+δ(X;E)→Hs(X;E)H^{s+\delta}(X;E)\to H^s(X;E) is compact. We also use the local form: a set of distributions on ℝn\mathbb R^n that are supported in one fixed compact set and bounded in H1(ℝn)H^1(\mathbb R^n) is relatively compact in L2(ℝn)L^2(\mathbb R^n). See Symbols, finite defects, and the index on a closed manifold.

Fact 1.11 (The elliptic alternative). Let P∈Ψclm(X;E⊗Ω1/2,F⊗Ω1/2)P\in\Psi^m_{\mathrm{cl}}(X;E\otimes\Omega^{1/2},F\otimes\Omega^{1/2}) be elliptic. Then P:Hs→Hs−mP:H^s\to H^{s-m} is Fredholm for every ss. The kernel of PP and the kernel of its geometric adjoint P*P^* consist of smooth sections and do not depend on ss, and ind⁡P=dim⁡ker⁡P−dim⁡ker⁡P*\operatorname{ind}P=\dim\ker P-\dim\ker P^*. The kernel and cokernel have the same dimensions when PP acts on smooth sections. The index of a product of elliptic operators is the sum of their indices, and a formally self-adjoint elliptic operator has index 00. See Symbols, finite defects, and the index on a closed manifold.

Fact 1.12 (Building operators). If UU is a coordinate chart of XX over which EE and FF are trivial, then a classical operator of order mm on ℝn\mathbb R^n whose Schwartz kernel has compact support in U×UU\times U defines, after extension by zero, an element of Ψclm(X;E,F)\Psi^m_{\mathrm{cl}}(X;E,F). For every smooth section ss of Hom⁡(π*E,π*F)\operatorname{Hom}(\pi^*E,\pi^*F) over T*X\0T^*X\setminus0 that is homogeneous of degree mm, there is P∈Ψclm(X;E,F)P\in\Psi^m_{\mathrm{cl}}(X;E,F) with principal symbol ss. See Detecting regularity without choosing coordinates.

Fact 1.13 (The index of a continuous symbol). Let pp be a continuous section of Hom⁡(π*E,π*F)\operatorname{Hom}(\pi^*E,\pi^*F) over T*XT^*X that is invertible outside a compact set KK. Let hh be the length function of a Riemannian metric on the fibres of T*XT^*X, and choose R>0R>0 with K⊂{h<R}K\subset\{h<R\}. The radial restriction pR(x,ξ)=p(x,Rξ/h(x,ξ))p_R(x,\xi)=p(x,R\xi/h(x,\xi)) is a continuous invertible symbol of degree 00 on T*X\0T^*X\setminus0. A smooth symbol that approximates it closely enough, uniformly on the unit cosphere bundle, is elliptic; the index of any of its quantizations is the symbol index s-ind⁡p\operatorname{s-ind}p, and it does not depend on the choices. It has these properties. - (a) Homotopy invariance. If ptp_t, 0≤t≤10\le t\le1, is jointly continuous in (t,x,ξ)(t,x,\xi) and every ptp_t is invertible outside one compact set, then s-ind⁡pt\operatorname{s-ind}p_t does not depend on tt. - (b) Agreement with the index. If P∈ΨclmP\in\Psi^m_{\mathrm{cl}} is elliptic, then ind⁡P=s-ind⁡p\operatorname{ind}P=\operatorname{s-ind}p, where pp is the principal symbol of PP, extended in any continuous way across a neighbourhood of the zero section. - (c) Smoothing. A continuous section of a vector bundle over the compact cosphere bundle can be approximated uniformly by smooth sections. - (d) Reduction to degree one. If every component of XX has positive dimension, then pp is homotopic, through continuous symbols invertible outside one compact set, to a symbol that is homogeneous of degree 11, smooth and invertible off the zero section. - (e) Zero-dimensional components. If XX is a finite set, then s-ind⁡p=∑x∈X(rank⁡Ex−rank⁡Fx)\operatorname{s-ind}p=\sum_{x\in X}(\operatorname{rank}E_x-\operatorname{rank}F_x). In general the symbol index is the sum of its values on the components of XX.

See Symbols, finite defects, and the index on a closed manifold.

Fact 1.14 (Norm limits). Let Pj∈Ψclm(X;E,F)P_j\in\Psi^m_{\mathrm{cl}}(X;E,F), and let PP be a linear map on smooth sections that extends to bounded maps Hs→Hs−mH^s\to H^{s-m} with ∥Pj−P∥Hs→Hs−m→0\|P_j-P\|_{H^s\to H^{s-m}}\to0 for every real ss. Suppose that the principal symbols of the PjP_j converge, uniformly on the unit cosphere bundle, to a continuous symbol pp, homogeneous of degree mm and invertible on T*X\0T^*X\setminus0. Then P:Hs→Hs−mP:H^s\to H^{s-m} is Fredholm for every ss. The kernels of PP and of its geometric adjoint P*P^* consist of smooth sections and do not depend on ss, the range of PP is the annihilator of ker⁡P*\ker P^*, and ind⁡P=dim⁡ker⁡P−dim⁡ker⁡P*=s-ind⁡p\operatorname{ind}P=\dim\ker P-\dim\ker P^*=\operatorname{s-ind}p. See Symbols, finite defects, and the index on a closed manifold.

Fact 1.15 (Partial operators). Let z=(x,y)∈ℝn×ℝn′z=(x,y)\in\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^{n'}, with dual variables (ξ,η)(\xi,\eta). Let a(z,ξ)a(z,\xi) be a classical symbol of order m>0m>0 in ξ\xi, with symbol bounds uniform in zz and principal part ama_m, and let A=a(z,Dx)A=a(z,D_x) act in xx with yy as a parameter. Then AA maps Hs+m(ℝn+n′)H^{s+m}(\mathbb R^{n+n'}) to Hs(ℝn+n′)H^s(\mathbb R^{n+n'}) for every real ss. Moreover there are classical operators AεA_\varepsilon, 0<ε≤10<\varepsilon\le1, of order mm on ℝn+n′\mathbb R^{n+n'} with ∥Aε−A∥Hs+m→Hs≤Csεm\|A_\varepsilon-A\|_{H^{s+m}\to H^s}\le C_s\varepsilon^m for every real ss, whose principal symbols differ from am(z,ξ)a_m(z,\xi) (extended by 00 at ξ=0\xi=0) by at most CεmC\varepsilon^m on the unit sphere |ξ|2+|η|2=1|\xi|^2+|\eta|^2=1. See Symbols, finite defects, and the index on a closed manifold.

Fact 1.16 (Products of symbols). Let XX and YY be compact manifolds. Let pp be a continuous symbol on T*XT^*X from EXE_X to FXF_X, and qq one on T*YT^*Y from EYE_Y to FYF_Y, both invertible outside compact sets. On T*(X×Y)=T*X×T*YT^*(X\times Y)=T^*X\times T^*Y, the block symbol d(p,q)=(p⊗I−I⊗q*I⊗qp*⊗I)d(p,q)=\begin{pmatrix}p\otimes I&-I\otimes q^*\\ I\otimes q&p^*\otimes I\end{pmatrix}, from (EX⊗EY)⊕(FX⊗FY)(E_X\otimes E_Y)\oplus(F_X\otimes F_Y) to (FX⊗EY)⊕(EX⊗FY)(F_X\otimes E_Y)\oplus(E_X\otimes F_Y), is invertible outside a compact set, and s-ind⁡d(p,q)=s-ind⁡p⋅s-ind⁡q\operatorname{s-ind}d(p,q)=\operatorname{s-ind}p\cdot\operatorname{s-ind}q. This holds also when XX or YY is a finite set. See Symbols, finite defects, and the index on a closed manifold.

Fact 1.17 (Differential topology). The inverse function theorem. Smooth partitions of unity exist subordinate to every open cover, with the support of each function a closed set inside its member of the cover. Green’s formula ∫M⟨Δu,u⟩dV=∫M|du|2dV\int_M\langle\Delta u,u\rangle\,dV=\int_M|du|^2\,dV holds for the nonnegative Laplace–Beltrami operator Δ\Delta of a compact Riemannian manifold MM, applied to each component of a vector-valued function.

The complete inverse, subordinate-support partition and Green proofs are Section 17.2, (P261.8)–(P261.15). Their independent calculus, compactness, cutoff and inversion entries are Metric and topological foundations, Sections 5, 9, 12.4–12.8, 13.4–13.6 and 14.2.

Fact 1.18 (Hilbert spaces). Riesz representation: every bounded linear functional on a Hilbert space HH is u↦(u,v)u\mapsto(u,v) for a unique v∈Hv\in H. An integral operator whose kernel lies in L2(ℝk×ℝk)L^2(\mathbb R^k\times\mathbb R^k) is compact on L2(ℝk)L^2(\mathbb R^k), and its norm is at most the L2L^2 norm of the kernel.

The complete linear-first Hilbert representation and compact-kernel receiver are Section 17.3, (P261.16)–(P261.20). See also Lower-bounded spectral calculus, Section 2.3, (PR37)–(PR38), and Banach and Hilbert foundations, (LP3)–(LP4), (LP10)–(LP12), for product integration, completeness and compact smooth density.

Fact 1.19 (Integration and compactness). Dominated convergence. The Arzelà–Ascoli theorem: a set of continuous functions on a compact metric space that is uniformly bounded and equicontinuous is relatively compact in the uniform norm.

The complete dominated-convergence and Arzelà–Ascoli receivers are Section 17.4, (P261.21)–(P261.23). Their independent integration and metric compactness providers are Banach and Hilbert foundations, Section 15.1, (LP1)–(LP2), and Section 16.1, and Metric and topological foundations, Sections 7 and 14.1.

Fact 1.20 (Distributions with zero gradient). A distribution on a connected open subset of ℝn\mathbb R^n whose first partial derivatives all vanish is a constant function.

The complete compact primitive decomposition and connected-domain distribution proof are Section 17.5, (P261.24)–(P261.27). Their cutoff, coordinate integration and derivative entries are Metric and topological foundations, Sections 5 and 13.4–13.6, and Banach and Hilbert foundations, Sections 15.1 and 15.5.

2. The model x+d/dxx+d/dx on the line

We need an operator of index one on ℝn\mathbb R^n that uses only the Euclidean structure. In one dimension there is a simple candidate: x+d/dxx+d/dx, which is 2\sqrt2 times the annihilation operator of the harmonic oscillator. First we fix the space on which it acts.

Definition 2.1. Let ℬ=ℬ(ℝn)={u∈L2(ℝn):xju∈L2,Dju∈L2,j=1,…,n},∥u∥ℬ2=∥u∥2+∑j(∥xju∥2+∥Dju∥2),(2.1) \mathcal B=\mathcal B(\mathbb R^n)=\{u\in L^2(\mathbb R^n):\ x_ju\in L^2,\ D_ju\in L^2,\ j=1,\dots,n\}, \qquad \|u\|_{\mathcal B}^2=\|u\|^2+\sum_j\bigl(\|x_ju\|^2+\|D_ju\|^2\bigr), \tag{2.1} with derivatives in the sense of distributions. For a finite-dimensional Hermitian space WW we write ℬ⊗W\mathcal B\otimes W for the WW-valued functions whose coefficients lie in ℬ\mathcal B.

Lemma 2.2. (1) ℬ\mathcal B is a Hilbert space, and Cc∞(ℝn)C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^n) is dense in it. (2) The inclusion ℬ→L2\mathcal B\to L^2 is compact.

Proof. (1) If uku_k is Cauchy in ℬ\mathcal B, then uku_k, xjukx_ju_k and DjukD_ju_k converge in L2L^2 to some u,fj,hju,f_j,h_j. Limits in L2L^2 are limits in distributions, so fj=xjuf_j=x_ju and hj=Djuh_j=D_ju. For density, fix χ∈Cc∞\chi\in C_c^\infty with 0≤χ≤10\le\chi\le1 and χ=1\chi=1 for |x|≤1|x|\le1, and put χR(x)=χ(x/R)\chi_R(x)=\chi(x/R). Fix Rχ≥2R_\chi\ge2 with supp⁡χ⊂{|x|≤Rχ}\operatorname{supp}\chi\subset\{|x|\le R_\chi\}. For u∈ℬu\in\mathcal B, dominated convergence gives χRu→u\chi_Ru\to u and χRxju→xju\chi_Rx_ju\to x_ju in L2L^2. Also Dj(χRu)=χRDju+R−1(Djχ)(x/R)u→DjuD_j(\chi_Ru)=\chi_RD_ju+R^{-1}(D_j\chi)(x/R)u\to D_ju. So compactly supported elements are dense. If u∈ℬu\in\mathcal B vanishes outside the ball of radius rr, let uϵ=ρϵ*uu_\epsilon=\rho_\epsilon*u with a mollifier supported in |x|≤ϵ≤1|x|\le\epsilon\le1. Then uϵ∈Cc∞u_\epsilon\in C_c^\infty, uϵ→uu_\epsilon\to u and Djuϵ=ρϵ*Dju→DjuD_ju_\epsilon=\rho_\epsilon*D_ju\to D_ju in L2L^2. All supports lie in the ball of radius r+1r+1, so ∥xj(uϵ−u)∥≤(r+1)∥uϵ−u∥→0\|x_j(u_\epsilon-u)\|\le(r+1)\|u_\epsilon-u\|\to0.

  1. Let uku_k be bounded in ℬ\mathcal B, say ∥uk∥ℬ≤M\|u_k\|_{\mathcal B}\le M. For each R≥1R\ge1, the functions χRuk\chi_Ru_k are bounded in H1(ℝn)H^1(\mathbb R^n) and vanish outside the ball of radius RχRR_\chi R. By the local form of Rellich’s theorem (Fact 1.10), χRuk\chi_Ru_k has an L2L^2-convergent subsequence. The tails are small uniformly: ∥(1−χR)uk∥≤R−1∥|x|uk∥≤M/R\|(1-\chi_R)u_k\|\le R^{-1}\||x|u_k\|\le M/R. Take successive subsequences for R=1,2,…R=1,2,\dots and then the diagonal subsequence. For it, ∥uk−ul∥≤∥χR(uk−ul)∥+2M/R\|u_k-u_l\|\le\|\chi_R(u_k-u_l)\|+2M/R, so it is Cauchy in L2L^2. ▫\square

Proposition 2.3 (The model). Let n=1n=1, H1=ℬ(ℝ)H_1=\mathcal B(\mathbb R), H0=L2(ℝ)H_0=L^2(\mathbb R), and P=x+iD=x+d/dxP=x+iD=x+d/dx. Then for u∈H1u\in H_1 ∥Pu∥2=∥xu∥2+∥Du∥2−∥u∥2.(2.2) \|Pu\|^2=\|xu\|^2+\|Du\|^2-\|u\|^2 . \tag{2.2} P:H1→H0P:H_1\to H_0 is bounded and surjective, its kernel is spanned by e−x2/2e^{-x^2/2}, and PP is Fredholm of index 11.

Proof. Identity (2.2). For u∈Cc∞u\in C_c^\infty, ∥u′+xu∥2=∥xu∥2+∥u′∥2+2Re⁡(xu,u′)\|u'+xu\|^2=\|xu\|^2+\|u'\|^2+2\operatorname{Re}(xu,u'), and 2Re⁡(xu,u′)=∫x(|u|2)′dx=−∫|u|2dx2\operatorname{Re}(xu,u')=\int x\,(|u|^2)'\,dx=-\int|u|^2\,dx. Both sides of (2.2) are continuous in the norm of H1H_1, so Lemma 2.2(1) extends the identity to H1H_1. In particular ∥Pu∥≤∥u∥ℬ\|Pu\|\le\|u\|_{\mathcal B}.

Kernel. If Pu=0Pu=0 as a distribution, then (ex2/2u)′=ex2/2(u′+xu)=0(e^{x^2/2}u)'=e^{x^2/2}(u'+xu)=0. A distribution on ℝ\mathbb R with zero derivative is constant (Fact 1.20), so u=Ce−x2/2u=Ce^{-x^2/2}, and this function lies in H1H_1.

Closed range and finite kernel. We use the compactness test (Fact 1.1). Let uku_k be bounded in H1H_1 with PukPu_k convergent. By Lemma 2.2(2) a subsequence converges in L2L^2. Apply (2.2) to differences: ∥x(uk−ul)∥2+∥D(uk−ul)∥2=∥P(uk−ul)∥2+∥uk−ul∥2→0\|x(u_k-u_l)\|^2+\|D(u_k-u_l)\|^2=\|P(u_k-u_l)\|^2+\|u_k-u_l\|^2\to0. So the subsequence is Cauchy in H1H_1. Hence PP has finite-dimensional kernel and closed range.

Dense range. Let v∈L2v\in L^2 be orthogonal to PH1PH_1. Then ∫(φ′+xφ)v¯dx=0\int(\varphi'+x\varphi)\overline v\,dx=0 for every φ∈Cc∞\varphi\in C_c^\infty. As a distribution this says xv¯−(v¯)′=0x\overline v-(\overline v)'=0, so (e−x2/2v¯)′=0(e^{-x^2/2}\overline v)'=0 and v¯=Cex2/2\overline v=Ce^{x^2/2}. This is in L2L^2 only if C=0C=0.

A closed dense range is everything, so PP is surjective. The index is 1−0=11-0=1. ▫\square

The adjoint direction behaves in the opposite way: x−d/dxx-d/dx is injective on H1H_1 and its range has codimension one (Exercise 14.1). Proposition 2.3 is the case n=1n=1 of Proposition 4.4 below: for n=1n=1 the operator p(x+iD)p(x+iD) of Section 4 is exactly x+d/dxx+d/dx.

3. The exterior algebra and the odd–even symbol p(w)p(w)

To go from one dimension to nn, we need a matrix-valued symbol p(w)p(w), linear over ℝ\mathbb R in w∈ℂnw\in\mathbb C^n, whose values are invertible for w≠0w\ne0. The exterior algebra provides one.

Let Λ=Λ(ℂn)=⨁q=0nΛq\Lambda=\Lambda(\mathbb C^n)=\bigoplus_{q=0}^n\Lambda^q be the exterior algebra of ℂn\mathbb C^n. We give ℂn\mathbb C^n the inner product ⟨z,w⟩=∑jzjwj¯\langle z,w\rangle=\sum_jz_j\overline{w_j}, and Λq\Lambda^q the inner product ⟨u1∧…∧uq,v1∧…∧vq⟩=det⁡(⟨ui,vk⟩)i,k=1q, \langle u_1\wedge\dots\wedge u_q,\ v_1\wedge\dots\wedge v_q\rangle=\det\bigl(\langle u_i,v_k\rangle\bigr)_{i,k=1}^q, with different degrees orthogonal. For J={j1<…<jq}J=\{j_1<\dots<j_q\} put eJ=ej1∧…∧ejqe_J=e_{j_1}\wedge\dots\wedge e_{j_q}. These vectors form an orthonormal basis. Write Λe=⨁qΛ2q\Lambda^e=\bigoplus_q\Lambda^{2q} and Λo=⨁qΛ2q+1\Lambda^o=\bigoplus_q\Lambda^{2q+1}. For w∈ℂnw\in\mathbb C^n let Λ(w)v=w∧v\Lambda(w)v=w\wedge v and let Λ(w)*\Lambda(w)^* be its adjoint. Put εj=Λ(ej)\varepsilon_j=\Lambda(e_j), ιj=εj*\iota_j=\varepsilon_j^*, and 𝒩=∑jεjιj\mathcal N=\sum_j\varepsilon_j\iota_j.

Lemma 3.1. (1) Let σ(j,J)=(−1)#{k∈J:k<j}\sigma(j,J)=(-1)^{\#\{k\in J:\,k<j\}}. Then εjeJ=σ(j,J)eJ∪{j}\varepsilon_je_J=\sigma(j,J)e_{J\cup\{j\}} if j∉Jj\notin J and 00 otherwise; ιjeJ=σ(j,J)eJ\{j}\iota_je_J=\sigma(j,J)e_{J\setminus\{j\}} if j∈Jj\in J and 00 otherwise.

  1. For all j,lj,l: εjεl+εlεj=0,ιjιl+ιlιj=0,εjιl+ιlεj=δjlI.(3.1) \varepsilon_j\varepsilon_l+\varepsilon_l\varepsilon_j=0,\qquad \iota_j\iota_l+\iota_l\iota_j=0,\qquad \varepsilon_j\iota_l+\iota_l\varepsilon_j=\delta_{jl}I . \tag{3.1}
  2. Λ(w)=∑jwjεj\Lambda(w)=\sum_jw_j\varepsilon_j, Λ(w)*=∑jwj¯ιj\Lambda(w)^*=\sum_j\overline{w_j}\iota_j, Λ(w)2=0\Lambda(w)^2=0, and Λ(w)Λ(w)*+Λ(w)*Λ(w)=|w|2I.(3.2) \Lambda(w)\Lambda(w)^*+\Lambda(w)^*\Lambda(w)=|w|^2I . \tag{3.2} Also 𝒩eJ=|J|eJ\mathcal Ne_J=|J|\,e_J: the operator 𝒩\mathcal N multiplies a form of degree qq by qq.

Proof. (1) To write ej∧eJe_j\wedge e_J in increasing order, move eje_j past the elements of JJ that are smaller than jj; each move gives a factor −1-1. If J=K∪{j}J=K\cup\{j\} with j∉Kj\notin K, then (εjeK,eJ)=σ(j,K)=σ(j,J)(\varepsilon_je_K,e_J)=\sigma(j,K)=\sigma(j,J), and all other inner products vanish; this gives ιj\iota_j.

  1. The first relation is ej∧el=−el∧eje_j\wedge e_l=-e_l\wedge e_j; the second is its adjoint. For the third, take j=lj=l first. If j∈Jj\in J then εjιjeJ=eJ\varepsilon_j\iota_je_J=e_J (the two signs are equal) and ιjεjeJ=0\iota_j\varepsilon_je_J=0; if j∉Jj\notin J the roles swap. Now let j≠lj\ne l. Both εjιleJ\varepsilon_j\iota_le_J and ιlεjeJ\iota_l\varepsilon_je_J vanish unless l∈Jl\in J and j∉Jj\notin J. Then both are multiples of eKe_K, K=(J\{l})∪{j}K=(J\setminus\{l\})\cup\{j\}: εjιleJ=σ(l,J)σ(j,J\{l})eK,ιlεjeJ=σ(j,J)σ(l,J∪{j})eK. \varepsilon_j\iota_le_J=\sigma(l,J)\sigma(j,J\setminus\{l\})e_K,\qquad \iota_l\varepsilon_je_J=\sigma(j,J)\sigma(l,J\cup\{j\})e_K . If j<lj<l, then σ(j,J\{l})=σ(j,J)\sigma(j,J\setminus\{l\})=\sigma(j,J) and σ(l,J∪{j})=−σ(l,J)\sigma(l,J\cup\{j\})=-\sigma(l,J). If j>lj>l, then σ(j,J\{l})=−σ(j,J)\sigma(j,J\setminus\{l\})=-\sigma(j,J) and σ(l,J∪{j})=σ(l,J)\sigma(l,J\cup\{j\})=\sigma(l,J). In both cases the two terms cancel.

  2. The first two formulas follow from linearity of w↦w∧vw\mapsto w\wedge v and conjugate-linearity of the adjoint. Λ(w)2v=w∧w∧v=0\Lambda(w)^2v=w\wedge w\wedge v=0. By (3.1), Λ(w)Λ(w)*+Λ(w)*Λ(w)=∑j,lwjwl¯(εjιl+ιlεj)=∑j|wj|2I\Lambda(w)\Lambda(w)^*+\Lambda(w)^*\Lambda(w)=\sum_{j,l}w_j\overline{w_l}(\varepsilon_j\iota_l+\iota_l\varepsilon_j)=\sum_j|w_j|^2I. Finally εjιjeJ=eJ\varepsilon_j\iota_je_J=e_J for j∈Jj\in J and 00 otherwise. ▫\square

Proposition 3.2. Let w∈ℂn\{0}w\in\mathbb C^n\setminus\{0\}.

  1. (Koszul complex.) The sequence 0→Λ0→Λ1→…→Λn→00\to\Lambda^0\to\Lambda^1\to\dots\to\Lambda^n\to0, with every map equal to Λ(w)\Lambda(w), is exact.
  2. (Odd–even symbol.) Let A=Λ(w)+Λ(w)*A=\Lambda(w)+\Lambda(w)^* and p(w)=A|Λe:Λe→Λop(w)=A|_{\Lambda^e}:\Lambda^e\to\Lambda^o. The adjoint of p(w)p(w) is A|ΛoA|_{\Lambda^o}, and p(w)*p(w)=|w|2IΛe,p(w)p(w)*=|w|2IΛo.(3.3) p(w)^*p(w)=|w|^2I_{\Lambda^e},\qquad p(w)p(w)^*=|w|^2I_{\Lambda^o}. \tag{3.3} So p(w)p(w) is invertible, p(w)−1=p(w)*/|w|2p(w)^{-1}=p(w)^*/|w|^2, and p(w)/|w|p(w)/|w| is unitary.
  3. If n≥1n\ge1, then dim⁡Λe=dim⁡Λo=2n−1\dim\Lambda^e=\dim\Lambda^o=2^{n-1}. If n=0n=0, then Λe=ℂ\Lambda^e=\mathbb C and Λo=0\Lambda^o=0.
  4. For x,ξ∈ℝnx,\xi\in\mathbb R^n, p(x+iξ)=∑j(xj+iξj)εj+∑j(xj−iξj)ιjp(x+i\xi)=\sum_j(x_j+i\xi_j)\varepsilon_j+\sum_j(x_j-i\xi_j)\iota_j on Λe\Lambda^e. So pp is real-linear in (x,ξ)(x,\xi).
  5. For O∈O(n)O\in O(n) let Λ(O)\Lambda(O) act by Λ(O)(u1∧…∧uq)=Ou1∧…∧Ouq\Lambda(O)(u_1\wedge\dots\wedge u_q)=Ou_1\wedge\dots\wedge Ou_q. Then Λ(O)\Lambda(O) is unitary, preserves Λe\Lambda^e and Λo\Lambda^o, and p(Ow)=Λ(O)p(w)Λ(O)−1,Ow=Ox+iOξ.(3.4) p(Ow)=\Lambda(O)\,p(w)\,\Lambda(O)^{-1},\qquad Ow=Ox+iO\xi . \tag{3.4}

Proof. (1) Λ(w)2=0\Lambda(w)^2=0, so each range lies in the next kernel. If Λ(w)v=0\Lambda(w)v=0, then (3.2) gives v=Λ(w)(|w|−2Λ(w)*v)v=\Lambda(w)\bigl(|w|^{-2}\Lambda(w)^*v\bigr), so vv is in the range. (The map |w|−2Λ(w)*|w|^{-2}\Lambda(w)^* is a contracting homotopy.)

  1. AA is self-adjoint and changes the degree by ±1\pm1, so it maps Λe\Lambda^e to Λo\Lambda^o and back. Since Λe⟂Λo\Lambda^e\perp\Lambda^o, the adjoint of A|ΛeA|_{\Lambda^e} is A|ΛoA|_{\Lambda^o}. By Lemma 3.1(3), A2=Λ(w)2+(Λ(w)*)2+Λ(w)Λ(w)*+Λ(w)*Λ(w)=|w|2IA^2=\Lambda(w)^2+(\Lambda(w)^*)^2+\Lambda(w)\Lambda(w)^*+\Lambda(w)^*\Lambda(w)=|w|^2I. Restricting to Λe\Lambda^e and to Λo\Lambda^o gives (3.3).

  2. If n≥1n\ge1, p(e1)p(e_1) is unitary from Λe\Lambda^e onto Λo\Lambda^o, so the dimensions agree; they add up to 2n2^n. This matches the count ∑q(−1)q(nq)=(1−1)n=0\sum_q(-1)^q\binom nq=(1-1)^n=0. If n=0n=0, Λ=Λ0=ℂ\Lambda=\Lambda^0=\mathbb C.

  3. This is Lemma 3.1(3) with wj=xj+iξjw_j=x_j+i\xi_j.

  4. OO is real and orthogonal, so it preserves ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle on ℂn\mathbb C^n. The determinant formula then shows that Λ(O)\Lambda(O) preserves inner products, and it is invertible with inverse Λ(O−1)\Lambda(O^{-1}). It preserves degrees. From Λ(O)(w∧v)=Ow∧Λ(O)v\Lambda(O)(w\wedge v)=Ow\wedge\Lambda(O)v we get Λ(O)Λ(w)=Λ(Ow)Λ(O)\Lambda(O)\Lambda(w)=\Lambda(Ow)\Lambda(O). Taking adjoints and using unitarity gives Λ(O)Λ(w)*=Λ(Ow)*Λ(O)\Lambda(O)\Lambda(w)^*=\Lambda(Ow)^*\Lambda(O). Add the two identities and restrict to Λe\Lambda^e. ▫\square

Remark 3.3. The invertibility of p(w)p(w) is the finite-dimensional case of a general fact about complexes: for an exact complex, the odd–even operator d+d*d+d^*, from the even to the odd part, has zero kernel, and its index is the Euler characteristic, which is zero. See Traces that survive passage to cohomology. The identity (3.3) gives more: an explicit inverse, with norm 1/|w|1/|w|.

Example 3.4 (Two small cases). For n=1n=1, Λe=ℂ⋅1\Lambda^e=\mathbb C\cdot1, Λo=ℂe1\Lambda^o=\mathbb C e_1, and p(w)1=we1p(w)1=we_1; so p(w)p(w) is multiplication by ww. For n=2n=2, in the bases {1,e1∧e2}\{1,e_1\wedge e_2\} of Λe\Lambda^e and {e1,e2}\{e_1,e_2\} of Λo\Lambda^o, p(w)=(w1−w2¯w2w1¯),det⁡p(w)=|w|2. p(w)=\begin{pmatrix}w_1&-\overline{w_2}\\ w_2&\overline{w_1}\end{pmatrix},\qquad \det p(w)=|w|^2 . Indeed p(w)1=w1e1+w2e2p(w)1=w_1e_1+w_2e_2, and p(w)(e1∧e2)=Λ(w)*(e1∧e2)=w1¯e2−w2¯e1p(w)(e_1\wedge e_2)=\Lambda(w)^*(e_1\wedge e_2)=\overline{w_1}e_2-\overline{w_2}e_1 by Lemma 3.1(1).

4. The Bott oscillator p(x+iD)p(x+iD)

We now replace w=x+iξw=x+i\xi by the operators x+iDx+iD. The result is an operator of index one on ℝn\mathbb R^n for every nn.

A form on ℝn\mathbb R^n is a function u=∑JuJeJu=\sum_Ju_Je_J with values in Λ\Lambda; operators on functions act on each coefficient uJu_J. Put aj=xj+∂j=xj+iDj,aj†=xj−∂j,dx=∑jajεj,δx=∑jaj†ιj,𝒟=dx+δx. a_j=x_j+\partial_j=x_j+iD_j,\qquad a_j^\dagger=x_j-\partial_j,\qquad d_x=\sum_ja_j\varepsilon_j,\quad \delta_x=\sum_ja_j^\dagger\iota_j,\quad \mathcal D=d_x+\delta_x . Thus dxd_x and δx\delta_x come from Λ(w)\Lambda(w) and Λ(w)*\Lambda(w)^* in Lemma 3.1(3) when aja_j replaces wjw_j and aj†a_j^\dagger replaces wj¯\overline{w_j}. By Proposition 3.2(4), the symbol of 𝒟\mathcal D is Λ(x+iξ)+Λ(x+iξ)*\Lambda(x+i\xi)+\Lambda(x+i\xi)^*. Each term contains either xjx_j or ξj\xi_j alone, so every quantization gives the same operator. We write P=p(x+iD)=𝒟|even forms,H1=ℬ⊗Λe,H0=L2⊗Λo, P=p(x+iD)=\mathcal D\big|_{\text{even forms}},\qquad H_1=\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda^e,\qquad H_0=L^2\otimes\Lambda^o , and 𝗀(x)=e−|x|2/2\mathsf g(x)=e^{-|x|^2/2}, regarded as a form of degree 00. Here ℬ\mathcal B is the space (2.1).

Lemma 4.1 (Algebra). On smooth forms, and on distributions: 1. [aj,al]=0[a_j,a_l]=0, [aj†,al†]=0[a_j^\dagger,a_l^\dagger]=0, [aj,al†]=2δjl[a_j,a_l^\dagger]=2\delta_{jl}. 2. dx=e−|x|2/2∘d∘e|x|2/2d_x=e^{-|x|^2/2}\circ d\circ e^{|x|^2/2}, where d=∑j∂jεjd=\sum_j\partial_j\varepsilon_j is the exterior derivative. Also dx2=0d_x^2=0 and δx2=0\delta_x^2=0. 3. With 𝒩\mathcal N the degree operator of Lemma 3.1, 𝒟2=dxδx+δxdx=∑jaj†aj+2𝒩.(4.1) \mathcal D^2=d_x\delta_x+\delta_xd_x=\sum_ja_j^\dagger a_j+2\mathcal N . \tag{4.1} 4. ∑jaj†aj=−Δ+|x|2−n\sum_ja_j^\dagger a_j=-\Delta+|x|^2-n on each coefficient.

Proof. (1) Using [∂j,xl]=δjl[\partial_j,x_l]=\delta_{jl}: [xj+∂j,xl−∂l]=[∂j,xl]−[xj,∂l]=2δjl[x_j+\partial_j,x_l-\partial_l]=[\partial_j,x_l]-[x_j,\partial_l]=2\delta_{jl}, while [xj+∂j,xl+∂l]=δjl−δjl=0[x_j+\partial_j,x_l+\partial_l]=\delta_{jl}-\delta_{jl}=0, and similarly for a†a^\dagger. (2) e−|x|2/2∂j(e|x|2/2f)=∂jf+xjfe^{-|x|^2/2}\partial_j(e^{|x|^2/2}f)=\partial_jf+x_jf. In dx2=∑j,lajalεjεld_x^2=\sum_{j,l}a_ja_l\varepsilon_j\varepsilon_l the factor ajala_ja_l is symmetric in (j,l)(j,l) and εjεl\varepsilon_j\varepsilon_l is antisymmetric by (3.1), so the sum vanishes; the same argument works for δx\delta_x. (3) The scalar operators aj,al†a_j,a_l^\dagger commute with the constant matrices εj,ιl\varepsilon_j,\iota_l. Writing ajal†=al†aj+2δjla_ja_l^\dagger=a_l^\dagger a_j+2\delta_{jl}, dxδx+δxdx=∑j,lal†aj(εjιl+ιlεj)+2∑jεjιj=∑jaj†aj+2𝒩 d_x\delta_x+\delta_xd_x=\sum_{j,l}a_l^\dagger a_j(\varepsilon_j\iota_l+\iota_l\varepsilon_j)+2\sum_j\varepsilon_j\iota_j=\sum_ja_j^\dagger a_j+2\mathcal N by (3.1). (4) (xj−∂j)(xj+∂j)=xj2−∂j2+xj∂j−∂jxj=xj2−∂j2−1(x_j-\partial_j)(x_j+\partial_j)=x_j^2-\partial_j^2+x_j\partial_j-\partial_jx_j=x_j^2-\partial_j^2-1. ▫\square

Lemma 4.2 (Energy identity). For u∈ℬ⊗Λu\in\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda with degree components uqu_q, ∥𝒟u∥2=∑j∥aju∥2+2∑qq∥uq∥2,(4.2) \|\mathcal Du\|^2=\sum_j\|a_ju\|^2+2\sum_qq\,\|u_q\|^2, \tag{4.2} ∑j∥aju∥2=∑j(∥xju∥2+∥Dju∥2)−n∥u∥2.(4.3) \sum_j\|a_ju\|^2=\sum_j\bigl(\|x_ju\|^2+\|D_ju\|^2\bigr)-n\|u\|^2 . \tag{4.3} Consequently ∥u∥ℬ2≤∥𝒟u∥2+(n+1)∥u∥2,∥𝒟u∥≤(2n+1)1/2∥u∥ℬ.(4.4) \|u\|_{\mathcal B}^2\le\|\mathcal Du\|^2+(n+1)\|u\|^2,\qquad \|\mathcal Du\|\le(2n+1)^{1/2}\|u\|_{\mathcal B}. \tag{4.4} For an even form u=∑qu2qu=\sum_qu_{2q} and an odd form v=∑qv2q+1v=\sum_qv_{2q+1} in ℬ⊗Λ\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda, ∥Pu∥2=∑q4q∥u2q∥2+∑j∥aju∥2,∥𝒟v∥2=∑q(4q+2)∥v2q+1∥2+∑j∥ajv∥2.(4.5) \|Pu\|^2=\sum_q4q\|u_{2q}\|^2+\sum_j\|a_ju\|^2,\qquad \|\mathcal Dv\|^2=\sum_q(4q+2)\|v_{2q+1}\|^2+\sum_j\|a_jv\|^2 . \tag{4.5}

Proof. First let u∈Cc∞⊗Λu\in C_c^\infty\otimes\Lambda. Integration by parts gives (ajf,h)=(f,aj†h)(a_jf,h)=(f,a_j^\dagger h), and εj*=ιj\varepsilon_j^*=\iota_j. So δx\delta_x is the formal adjoint of dxd_x and 𝒟\mathcal D is formally symmetric. Then (4.1) gives ∥𝒟u∥2=(𝒟2u,u)=∑j(aj†aju,u)+2(𝒩u,u)\|\mathcal Du\|^2=(\mathcal D^2u,u)=\sum_j(a_j^\dagger a_ju,u)+2(\mathcal Nu,u), which is (4.2). For (4.3), on each coefficient ∥(xj+∂j)f∥2=∥xjf∥2+∥∂jf∥2+2Re⁡(xjf,∂jf)\|(x_j+\partial_j)f\|^2=\|x_jf\|^2+\|\partial_jf\|^2+2\operatorname{Re}(x_jf,\partial_jf), and 2Re⁡(xjf,∂jf)=∫xj∂j|f|2dx=−∥f∥22\operatorname{Re}(x_jf,\partial_jf)=\int x_j\partial_j|f|^2dx=-\|f\|^2. Both identities have sides that are continuous on ℬ⊗Λ\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda, so Lemma 2.2(1) extends them. By (4.2)–(4.3), ∑j(∥xju∥2+∥Dju∥2)=∥𝒟u∥2+n∥u∥2−2∑qq∥uq∥2\sum_j(\|x_ju\|^2+\|D_ju\|^2)=\|\mathcal Du\|^2+n\|u\|^2-2\sum_qq\|u_q\|^2, which gives the first inequality in (4.4). For the second, ∑j∥aju∥2≤∥u∥ℬ2\sum_j\|a_ju\|^2\le\|u\|^2_{\mathcal B} by (4.3) and 2∑qq∥uq∥2≤2n∥u∥22\sum_qq\|u_q\|^2\le2n\|u\|^2. Finally (4.5) is (4.2) with qq replaced by 2q2q or 2q+12q+1. ▫\square

Lemma 4.3 (Regularity). If v∈L2⊗Λv\in L^2\otimes\Lambda and 𝒟v∈L2⊗Λ\mathcal Dv\in L^2\otimes\Lambda in the sense of distributions, then v∈ℬ⊗Λv\in\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda.

Proof. Let ρ≥0\rho\ge0 be a mollifier supported in |z|≤1|z|\le1 with ∫ρ=1\int\rho=1, let ρk(z)=knρ(kz)\rho_k(z)=k^n\rho(kz), let χk(x)=χ(x/k)\chi_k(x)=\chi(x/k) with χ\chi as in Lemma 2.2, and put vk=χk(ρk*v)∈Cc∞⊗Λv_k=\chi_k(\rho_k*v)\in C_c^\infty\otimes\Lambda. Then vk→vv_k\to v in L2L^2. We bound 𝒟vk\mathcal Dv_k, using 𝒟=∑jxj(εj+ιj)+∑j∂j(εj−ιj)\mathcal D=\sum_jx_j(\varepsilon_j+\iota_j)+\sum_j\partial_j(\varepsilon_j-\iota_j). - Convolution commutes with ∂j\partial_j, and xj(ρk*w)−ρk*(xjw)=(zjρk)*wx_j(\rho_k*w)-\rho_k*(x_jw)=(z_j\rho_k)*w has norm at most ∥w∥/k\|w\|/k, because ∫|zj|ρk(z)dz≤1/k\int|z_j|\rho_k(z)\,dz\le1/k. - The matrices εj±ιj\varepsilon_j\pm\iota_j have norm 11: by (3.1), (εj+ιj)2=I(\varepsilon_j+\iota_j)^2=I and (εj−ιj)2=−I(\varepsilon_j-\iota_j)^2=-I, and the first is self-adjoint, the second skew-adjoint. - 𝒟(χkw)=χk𝒟w+∑j(∂jχk)(εj−ιj)w\mathcal D(\chi_kw)=\chi_k\mathcal Dw+\sum_j(\partial_j\chi_k)(\varepsilon_j-\iota_j)w, and the last term has norm at most C∥w∥/kC\|w\|/k.

Together, ∥𝒟vk∥≤∥𝒟v∥+(n+C)∥v∥/k. \|\mathcal Dv_k\|\le\|\mathcal Dv\|+(n+C)\|v\|/k . By (4.4), ∥vk∥ℬ≤M\|v_k\|_{\mathcal B}\le M for all kk. Now fix a coefficient JJ and a scalar test function φ∈Cc∞\varphi\in C_c^\infty. Then (vJ,xjφ)=lim⁡k(xjvk,J,φ)(v_J,x_j\varphi)=\lim_k(x_jv_{k,J},\varphi), so |(vJ,xjφ)|≤M∥φ∥|(v_J,x_j\varphi)|\le M\|\varphi\|. The distribution xjvJx_jv_J, which acts by φ↦(vJ,xjφ)\varphi\mapsto(v_J,x_j\varphi), is therefore bounded in the L2L^2 norm on a dense subspace. By the Riesz representation theorem (Fact 1.18) it is an L2L^2 function. The same argument with (vJ,Djφ)=lim⁡k(Djvk,J,φ)(v_J,D_j\varphi)=\lim_k(D_jv_{k,J},\varphi) shows DjvJ∈L2D_jv_J\in L^2. So v∈ℬ⊗Λv\in\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda. ▫\square

Proposition 4.4 (The Bott oscillator). Let n≥1n\ge1. 1. P=p(x+iD):H1→H0P=p(x+iD):H_1\to H_0 is bounded and surjective, its kernel is spanned by 𝗀=e−|x|2/2\mathsf g=e^{-|x|^2/2}, and PP is Fredholm of index 11. 2. If u∈L2⊗Λeu\in L^2\otimes\Lambda^e and Pu=0Pu=0 in the sense of distributions, then u∈ℂ𝗀u\in\mathbb C\mathsf g. If v∈L2⊗Λov\in L^2\otimes\Lambda^o and 𝒟v=0\mathcal Dv=0 in the sense of distributions, then v=0v=0. 3. 𝒟\mathcal D, with domain ℬ⊗Λ\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda, is a self-adjoint operator on L2⊗ΛL^2\otimes\Lambda. Its kernel is ℂ𝗀\mathbb C\mathsf g, and ∥𝒟v∥≥2∥v∥\|\mathcal Dv\|\ge\sqrt2\,\|v\| for every odd v∈ℬ⊗Λov\in\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda^o.

Proof. (1) PP is bounded by (4.4). Kernel. If u∈H1u\in H_1 and Pu=0Pu=0, then (4.5) gives u2q=0u_{2q}=0 for q≥1q\ge1 and aju0=0a_ju_0=0 for all jj. Then ∂j(e|x|2/2u0)=e|x|2/2aju0=0\partial_j(e^{|x|^2/2}u_0)=e^{|x|^2/2}a_ju_0=0. A distribution on the connected set ℝn\mathbb R^n with zero gradient is constant (Fact 1.20), so u=C𝗀u=C\mathsf g. Conversely aj𝗀=0a_j\mathsf g=0, so P𝗀=0P\mathsf g=0, and 𝗀∈H1\mathsf g\in H_1.

Closed range. Let uku_k be bounded in H1H_1 with PukPu_k convergent. By Lemma 2.2(2) a subsequence converges in L2L^2, and (4.4) applied to differences shows that it is Cauchy in ℬ⊗Λ\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda. By the compactness test (Fact 1.1), PP has finite-dimensional kernel and closed range.

Dense range. Let v∈H0v\in H_0 be orthogonal to PH1PH_1. Testing with φ∈Cc∞⊗Λe\varphi\in C_c^\infty\otimes\Lambda^e and using the formal symmetry of 𝒟\mathcal D, we get 𝒟v=0\mathcal Dv=0 as a distribution. By Lemma 4.3, v∈ℬ⊗Λov\in\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda^o, and then (4.5) gives 0=∥𝒟v∥2≥2∥v∥20=\|\mathcal Dv\|^2\ge2\|v\|^2. So v=0v=0.

The range is closed and dense, so PP is surjective, and ind⁡P=1−0=1\operatorname{ind}P=1-0=1.

  1. Apply Lemma 4.3 (with 𝒟u=0\mathcal Du=0 or 𝒟v=0\mathcal Dv=0), then part (1) or (4.5).

  2. 𝒟\mathcal D is symmetric on ℬ⊗Λ\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda: the identity (𝒟u,u′)=(u,𝒟u′)(\mathcal Du,u')=(u,\mathcal Du') holds on Cc∞⊗ΛC_c^\infty\otimes\Lambda and extends by (4.4) and density. If vv is in the domain of the adjoint, then u↦(𝒟u,v)u\mapsto(\mathcal Du,v) is L2L^2-bounded on test forms, so the distribution 𝒟v\mathcal Dv lies in L2L^2. By Lemma 4.3, v∈ℬ⊗Λv\in\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda. So the adjoint has the same domain and 𝒟\mathcal D is self-adjoint. The kernel and the lower bound follow from (4.2) and (4.5) as in (1). ▫\square

Remark 4.5 (The weighted identity behind (4.2)). By Lemma 4.1(2), dxd_x is the exterior derivative conjugated by e|x|2/2e^{|x|^2/2}. If F=e|x|2/2fF=e^{|x|^2/2}f, then ∥dxf∥2=∫|dF|2e−|x|2dx\|d_xf\|^2=\int|dF|^2e^{-|x|^2}dx, and δx\delta_x corresponds to the adjoint of dd in L2(e−|x|2dx)L^2(e^{-|x|^2}dx). So (4.2) is an identity for the de Rham complex with the weight e−φe^{-\varphi}, φ=|x|2\varphi=|x|^2. The commutator [aj,al†]=2δjl[a_j,a_l^\dagger]=2\delta_{jl} is the Hessian of φ\varphi, and the term 2q∥uq∥22q\|u_q\|^2 is that Hessian acting on forms of degree qq. The same mechanism, in degree one and for ∂‾\bar\partial in place of dd, underlies Hörmander’s paper, L² estimates and existence theorems for the ∂̄ operator, Acta Mathematica 113, pages 89–152, on L2L^2 estimates for ∂‾\bar\partial: for a strictly plurisubharmonic weight φ\varphi, the equation ∂‾u=f\bar\partial u=f, with ff a ∂‾\bar\partial-closed form, can be solved in L2(ℂn,e−φ)L^2(\mathbb C^n,e^{-\varphi}). The key identity there is for forms of type (0,1)(0,1), and it comes from the commutator of the weighted adjoint δj\delta_j with ∂/∂z‾k\partial/\partial\bar z_k, which is ∂2φ/∂zj∂z‾k\partial^2\varphi/\partial z_j\partial\bar z_k: the complex Hessian of the weight takes the place of 2δjl2\delta_{jl}. We do not use that theorem.

5. Lowering the order to zero

The operator PP has order one in both xx and ξ\xi. The truncation in Section 6 needs an operator of order zero. We compose PP with an operator that maps L2L^2 onto ℬ\mathcal B. First we record how quantization interacts with the coordinate functions.

Lemma 5.1 (Exact composition rules). Let aa be a smooth symbol on ℝ2n\mathbb R^{2n} whose derivatives grow at most polynomially. On Schwartz functions, Op⁡(a)Dj=Op⁡(aξj),Op⁡(a)xj=Op⁡(axj−i∂ξja),xjOp⁡(a)=Op⁡(xja),DjOp⁡(a)=Op⁡(ξja+Dxja)(5.1) \operatorname{Op}(a)D_j=\operatorname{Op}(a\xi_j),\quad \operatorname{Op}(a)x_j=\operatorname{Op}(ax_j-i\partial_{\xi_j}a),\quad x_j\operatorname{Op}(a)=\operatorname{Op}(x_ja),\quad D_j\operatorname{Op}(a)=\operatorname{Op}(\xi_ja+D_{x_j}a) \tag{5.1}

Proof. The first rule holds because Djû=ξjû\widehat{D_ju}=\xi_j\widehat u, and the third is immediate from the definition of Op\operatorname{Op}. The second follows from xjû=i∂ξjû\widehat{x_ju}=i\partial_{\xi_j}\widehat u and an integration by parts in ξ\xi. The fourth follows by differentiating under the integral sign, since Dxj(eix⋅ξa)=eix⋅ξ(ξja+Dxja)D_{x_j}(e^{ix\cdot\xi}a)=e^{ix\cdot\xi}(\xi_ja+D_{x_j}a). ▫\square

Remark 5.2 (A parametrix for the Bott oscillator). Proposition 4.4 can also be proved with a parametrix. Take q∈C∞(ℝ2n,ℒ(Λo,Λe))q\in C^\infty(\mathbb R^{2n},\mathcal L(\Lambda^o,\Lambda^e)) equal to p(x+iξ)−1p(x+i\xi)^{-1} outside a compact set. By (3.3) this inverse is p(x+iξ)*/(|x|2+|ξ|2)p(x+i\xi)^*/(|x|^2+|\xi|^2), which is homogeneous of degree −1-1; so q∈S(R−1,g)q\in S(R^{-1},g) with gg from (1.1). The operators xjq(x,D)x_jq(x,D) and Djq(x,D)D_jq(x,D) have symbols in S(1,g)S(1,g), whose derivatives are all bounded, so they are bounded on L2L^2 by Fact 1.5. Thus q(x,D):H0→H1q(x,D):H_0\to H_1. Since the symbol pp of PP is affine in (x,ξ)(x,\xi), (5.1) gives the compositions exactly: q(x,D)P=I+K1(x,D),K1=qp−I+∑j∂ξjqDxjp;Pq(x,D)=I+K2(x,D),K2=pq−I+∑j∂ξjpDxjq. q(x,D)P=I+K_1(x,D),\quad K_1=qp-I+\sum_j\partial_{\xi_j}q\,D_{x_j}p;\qquad Pq(x,D)=I+K_2(x,D),\quad K_2=pq-I+\sum_j\partial_{\xi_j}p\,D_{x_j}q . Both errors lie in S(R−2,g)S(R^{-2},g). Then K2(x,D)K_2(x,D) maps L2L^2 into ℬ⊗Λo\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda^o, so it is compact on L2L^2 by Lemma 2.2(2), and the range of PP is closed of finite codimension. In the same way K1(x,D)K_1(x,D) maps L2L^2 into ℬ⊗Λe\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda^e. So if u∈L2u\in L^2 and Pu=0Pu=0, then u=−K1(x,D)uu=-K_1(x,D)u lies in ℬ⊗Λe\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda^e; Lemma 4.3 gives this without a parametrix. Iterating, u=(−K1(x,D))Nuu=(-K_1(x,D))^Nu, one can show that a tempered solution of Pu=0Pu=0 is a Schwartz function. That needs the mapping properties of Op⁡S(R−N,g)\operatorname{Op}S(R^{-N},g) on tempered distributions, which we do not develop.

Now we lower the order. For 0<ε≤10<\varepsilon\le1 and X=(x,ξ)∈ℝ2nX=(x,\xi)\in\mathbb R^{2n} put Rε(X)=(1+ε2|x|2+ε2|ξ|2)1/2=R(εX),Tε=1/Rε,gε,X(T)=ε2|T|2/Rε(X)2. R_\varepsilon(X)=(1+\varepsilon^2|x|^2+\varepsilon^2|\xi|^2)^{1/2}=R(\varepsilon X),\qquad T_\varepsilon=1/R_\varepsilon,\qquad g_{\varepsilon,X}(T)=\varepsilon^2|T|^2/R_\varepsilon(X)^2 . So g1g_1 is the metric gg of (1.1). We use the symplectic form σ\sigma, the dual metric gσg^\sigma and the Planck function of Fact 1.9, as in the lessons Two measuring scales, one Weyl product and When a moving symbol scale controls an operator.

Lemma 5.3 (Uniform structure). Let 0<ε≤10<\varepsilon\le1. 1. gε,X(T)=g1,εX(εT)g_{\varepsilon,X}(T)=g_{1,\varepsilon X}(\varepsilon T) and Rε=R∘(ε⋅)R_\varepsilon=R\circ(\varepsilon\,\cdot). 2. gε,Xσ(T)=Rε(X)2|T|2/ε2g^\sigma_{\varepsilon,X}(T)=R_\varepsilon(X)^2|T|^2/\varepsilon^2, so gε≤gεσg_\varepsilon\le g_\varepsilon^\sigma with Planck function hε=ε2/Rε2≤ε2h_\varepsilon=\varepsilon^2/R_\varepsilon^2\le\varepsilon^2. Also gε,X(t,τ)=gε,X(t,−τ)g_{\varepsilon,X}(t,\tau)=g_{\varepsilon,X}(t,-\tau). 3. gεg_\varepsilon is slowly varying and symplectically temperate, in the sense of Fact 1.9, with constants independent of ε\varepsilon. 4. For each real ss, the weight RεsR_\varepsilon^s is gεg_\varepsilon-continuous and temperate in the sense of Fact 1.9, with constants independent of ε\varepsilon, and Rεs∈S(Rεs,gε)R_\varepsilon^s\in S(R_\varepsilon^s,g_\varepsilon) with seminorms independent of ε\varepsilon.

Proof. (1) is immediate. (2) Since gε,X(S)=ε2|S|2/Rε(X)2g_{\varepsilon,X}(S)=\varepsilon^2|S|^2/R_\varepsilon(X)^2, we have gε,Xσ(T)=(Rε(X)2/ε2)sup⁡Sσ(T,S)2/|S|2g^\sigma_{\varepsilon,X}(T)=(R_\varepsilon(X)^2/\varepsilon^2)\sup_S\sigma(T,S)^2/|S|^2. The map T↦T\mapsto (the covector S↦σ(T,S)S\mapsto\sigma(T,S)) is an isometry for the Euclidean norm, so the supremum is |T|2|T|^2. Then hε2=sup⁡gε/gεσ=ε4/Rε4h_\varepsilon^2=\sup g_\varepsilon/g_\varepsilon^\sigma=\varepsilon^4/R_\varepsilon^4.

  1. First let ε=1\varepsilon=1.

Slow variation. The function RR is 11-Lipschitz. If g1,X(Y−X)≤1/4g_{1,X}(Y-X)\le1/4, then |Y−X|≤R(X)/2|Y-X|\le R(X)/2. Hence R(X)/2≤R(Y)≤3R(X)/2R(X)/2\le R(Y)\le3R(X)/2, and the forms g1,Xg_{1,X} and g1,Yg_{1,Y} agree within the factor 44.

Temperance. Since RR is 11-Lipschitz and R≥1R\ge1, R(X)≤R(Y)(1+|X−Y|)R(X)\le R(Y)(1+|X-Y|) and R(Y)≤R(X)(1+|X−Y|)R(Y)\le R(X)(1+|X-Y|). Moreover (1+|X−Y|)2≤2(1+R(Y)2|X−Y|2)=2(1+g1,Yσ(X−Y)). (1+|X-Y|)^2\le2\bigl(1+R(Y)^2|X-Y|^2\bigr)=2\bigl(1+g^\sigma_{1,Y}(X-Y)\bigr). So R(X)±2/R(Y)±2≤2(1+g1,Yσ(X−Y))R(X)^{\pm2}/R(Y)^{\pm2}\le2(1+g^\sigma_{1,Y}(X-Y)). Since g1=|T|2/R2g_1=|T|^2/R^2 and g1σ=R2|T|2g_1^\sigma=R^2|T|^2, the ratios g1,X/g1,Yg_{1,X}/g_{1,Y} and g1,Xσ/g1,Yσg^\sigma_{1,X}/g^\sigma_{1,Y} have the same bound.

General ε\varepsilon. By (1), the slow-variation condition for gεg_\varepsilon at XX is the one for g1g_1 at εX\varepsilon X. For temperance, g1,εYσ(ε(X−Y))=ε4gε,Yσ(X−Y)≤gε,Yσ(X−Y)g^\sigma_{1,\varepsilon Y}(\varepsilon(X-Y))=\varepsilon^4g^\sigma_{\varepsilon,Y}(X-Y)\le g^\sigma_{\varepsilon,Y}(X-Y). So the temperance inequality for g1g_1 at εX,εY\varepsilon X,\varepsilon Y implies the one for gεg_\varepsilon, with the same constants.

  1. RsR^s is a classical symbol of order ss on ℝ2n\mathbb R^{2n}: |∂αRs|≤CαRs−|α||\partial^\alpha R^s|\le C_\alpha R^{s-|\alpha|}. So |DkRs(Y)[T1,…,Tk]|≤CkR(Y)s∏ig1,Y(Ti)1/2|D^kR^s(Y)[T_1,\dots,T_k]|\le C_kR(Y)^s\prod_ig_{1,Y}(T_i)^{1/2}, that is, Rs∈S(Rs,g1)R^s\in S(R^s,g_1). By (1), DkRεs(X)[Ti]=DkRs(εX)[εTi]D^kR_\varepsilon^s(X)[T_i]=D^kR^s(\varepsilon X)[\varepsilon T_i], and the same bound holds with gεg_\varepsilon and the same CkC_k. Temperance of the weight follows from the bound in (3), and its gεg_\varepsilon-continuity from slow variation. ▫\square

So gεg_\varepsilon and the weights RεsR_\varepsilon^s satisfy the hypotheses of Fact 1.9 with constants independent of ε\varepsilon, and the constants in Fact 1.9 depend only on these, on the dimension and on the orders. Hence, for a∈S(m1,gε)a\in S(m_1,g_\varepsilon) and b∈S(m2,gε)b\in S(m_2,g_\varepsilon), where m1,m2m_1,m_2 are powers of RεR_\varepsilon, we have Op⁡(a)Op⁡(b)=Op⁡(a∘b)\operatorname{Op}(a)\operatorname{Op}(b)=\operatorname{Op}(a\circ b) on 𝒮\mathcal S, and a∘b−ab∈S(hεm1m2,gε)a\circ b-ab\in S(h_\varepsilon m_1m_2,g_\varepsilon), with seminorm bounds independent of ε\varepsilon.

Lemma 5.4. There is ε0>0\varepsilon_0>0 such that for 0<ε≤ε00<\varepsilon\le\varepsilon_0 the operator Tε(x,D)T_\varepsilon(x,D) is an isomorphism of L2(ℝn)L^2(\mathbb R^n) onto ℬ\mathcal B. Moreover Tε(x,D)−1f→fT_\varepsilon(x,D)^{-1}f\to f in L2L^2 as ε→0\varepsilon\to0, for every f∈ℬf\in\mathcal B.

Proof. (a) Tε(x,D)T_\varepsilon(x,D) maps L2L^2 into ℬ\mathcal B. By (5.1), xjTε(x,D)=Op⁡(xjTε)x_jT_\varepsilon(x,D)=\operatorname{Op}(x_jT_\varepsilon) and DjTε(x,D)=Op⁡(ξjTε+DxjTε)D_jT_\varepsilon(x,D)=\operatorname{Op}(\xi_jT_\varepsilon+D_{x_j}T_\varepsilon). For fixed ε\varepsilon these symbols are bounded with all derivatives bounded (for example |xjTε|≤1/ε|x_jT_\varepsilon|\le1/\varepsilon), so Fact 1.5 bounds the operators on L2L^2.

  1. Rε(x,D)R_\varepsilon(x,D) maps ℬ\mathcal B into L2L^2, uniformly in ε\varepsilon. On 𝒮\mathcal S, (5.1) gives the exact identity Rε(x,D)=Tε(x,D)+∑jOp⁡(ε2xjTε)xj+∑jOp⁡(ε2ξjTε)Dj+iε2∑jOp⁡(xj∂ξjTε).(5.2) R_\varepsilon(x,D)=T_\varepsilon(x,D)+\sum_j\operatorname{Op}(\varepsilon^2x_jT_\varepsilon)\,x_j+\sum_j\operatorname{Op}(\varepsilon^2\xi_jT_\varepsilon)\,D_j+i\varepsilon^2\sum_j\operatorname{Op}(x_j\partial_{\xi_j}T_\varepsilon). \tag{5.2} Indeed the second sum has symbol ε2|x|2Tε−iε2∑jxj∂ξjTε\varepsilon^2|x|^2T_\varepsilon-i\varepsilon^2\sum_jx_j\partial_{\xi_j}T_\varepsilon, the third has symbol ε2|ξ|2Tε\varepsilon^2|\xi|^2T_\varepsilon, and Tε(1+ε2|x|2+ε2|ξ|2)=RεT_\varepsilon(1+\varepsilon^2|x|^2+\varepsilon^2|\xi|^2)=R_\varepsilon. Now εxj∈S(Rε,gε)\varepsilon x_j\in S(R_\varepsilon,g_\varepsilon), εTε∈S(εTε,gε)\varepsilon T_\varepsilon\in S(\varepsilon T_\varepsilon,g_\varepsilon), and a derivative in a unit direction costs the factor ε/Rε≤1\varepsilon/R_\varepsilon\le1. So all derivatives of ε2xjTε\varepsilon^2x_jT_\varepsilon and ε2ξjTε\varepsilon^2\xi_jT_\varepsilon are bounded by CεC\varepsilon, and all derivatives of ε2xj∂ξjTε∈S(ε2/Rε,gε)\varepsilon^2x_j\partial_{\xi_j}T_\varepsilon\in S(\varepsilon^2/R_\varepsilon,g_\varepsilon) by Cε2C\varepsilon^2, with CC independent of ε\varepsilon. By Fact 1.5, ∥Rε(x,D)u∥≤∥Tε(x,D)u∥+Cε∑j(∥xju∥+∥Dju∥)+Cε2∥u∥≤C′∥u∥ℬ, \|R_\varepsilon(x,D)u\|\le\|T_\varepsilon(x,D)u\|+C\varepsilon\sum_j(\|x_ju\|+\|D_ju\|)+C\varepsilon^2\|u\|\le C'\|u\|_{\mathcal B}, first on 𝒮\mathcal S and then on ℬ\mathcal B by density.

  2. Compositions. By Lemma 5.3 and Fact 1.9, Rε∘Tε=1+K1εR_\varepsilon\circ T_\varepsilon=1+K_{1\varepsilon} and Tε∘Rε=1+K2εT_\varepsilon\circ R_\varepsilon=1+K_{2\varepsilon}, where K1ε,K2εK_{1\varepsilon},K_{2\varepsilon} are bounded in S(ε2/Rε2,gε)S(\varepsilon^2/R_\varepsilon^2,g_\varepsilon) uniformly in ε\varepsilon. So Rε(x,D)Tε(x,D)=I+K1ε(x,D)R_\varepsilon(x,D)T_\varepsilon(x,D)=I+K_{1\varepsilon}(x,D) and Tε(x,D)Rε(x,D)=I+K2ε(x,D)T_\varepsilon(x,D)R_\varepsilon(x,D)=I+K_{2\varepsilon}(x,D) on 𝒮\mathcal S.

  3. L2L^2 bounds. For kk bounded in S(ε2/Rε2,gε)S(\varepsilon^2/R_\varepsilon^2,g_\varepsilon), |Dmk(X)[T1,…,Tm]|≤Cmε2Rε−2∏i(ε|Ti|/Rε)≤Cmε2∏i|Ti||D^mk(X)[T_1,\dots,T_m]|\le C_m\varepsilon^2R_\varepsilon^{-2}\prod_i(\varepsilon|T_i|/R_\varepsilon)\le C_m\varepsilon^2\prod_i|T_i|. By Fact 1.5, ∥Kjε(x,D)∥L2→L2≤Cε2\|K_{j\varepsilon}(x,D)\|_{L^2\to L^2}\le C\varepsilon^2.

  4. ℬ\mathcal B bound. By (5.1), [xj,Op⁡(k)]=Op⁡(i∂ξjk)[x_j,\operatorname{Op}(k)]=\operatorname{Op}(i\partial_{\xi_j}k) and [Dj,Op⁡(k)]=Op⁡(Dxjk)[D_j,\operatorname{Op}(k)]=\operatorname{Op}(D_{x_j}k). For k=K2εk=K_{2\varepsilon} these symbols are bounded in S(ε3/Rε3,gε)S(\varepsilon^3/R_\varepsilon^3,g_\varepsilon), so the commutators have L2L^2 norm at most Cε3C\varepsilon^3. Hence ∥K2ε(x,D)u∥ℬ≤Cε2∥u∥ℬ\|K_{2\varepsilon}(x,D)u\|_{\mathcal B}\le C\varepsilon^2\|u\|_{\mathcal B}, first on 𝒮\mathcal S, then on ℬ\mathcal B.

  5. Invertibility. Choose ε0\varepsilon_0 so that Cε02≤1/2C\varepsilon_0^2\le1/2 in (d) and (e). The identities in (c) extend by continuity and density: the first to L2L^2, the second to ℬ\mathcal B, using (a) and (b). Then I+K1εI+K_{1\varepsilon} is invertible on L2L^2 and I+K2εI+K_{2\varepsilon} on ℬ\mathcal B, by the Neumann series. If Tε(x,D)u=0T_\varepsilon(x,D)u=0, then (I+K1ε)u=0(I+K_{1\varepsilon})u=0, so u=0u=0. If f∈ℬf\in\mathcal B, then u=Rε(x,D)(I+K2ε(x,D))−1f∈L2u=R_\varepsilon(x,D)(I+K_{2\varepsilon}(x,D))^{-1}f\in L^2 satisfies Tε(x,D)u=fT_\varepsilon(x,D)u=f. So Tε(x,D):L2→ℬT_\varepsilon(x,D):L^2\to\mathcal B is bijective, with the bounded inverse Tε(x,D)−1=Rε(x,D)(I+K2ε(x,D))−1on ℬ. T_\varepsilon(x,D)^{-1}=R_\varepsilon(x,D)\bigl(I+K_{2\varepsilon}(x,D)\bigr)^{-1}\quad\text{on }\mathcal B .

  6. Convergence. For f∈ℬf\in\mathcal B, Tε(x,D)−1f−f=Rε(x,D)[(I+K2ε)−1f−f]+(Rε(x,D)f−f). T_\varepsilon(x,D)^{-1}f-f=R_\varepsilon(x,D)\bigl[(I+K_{2\varepsilon})^{-1}f-f\bigr]+\bigl(R_\varepsilon(x,D)f-f\bigr). The first term is at most C′∥(I+K2ε)−1f−f∥ℬ≤2C′Cε2∥f∥ℬC'\|(I+K_{2\varepsilon})^{-1}f-f\|_{\mathcal B}\le2C'C\varepsilon^2\|f\|_{\mathcal B}, by (b) and (e). For the second, (b) gives a bound uniform in ε\varepsilon, so it is enough to take f∈𝒮f\in\mathcal S. By (5.2), Rε(x,D)f−f=(Tε−1)(x,D)f+O(ε)R_\varepsilon(x,D)f-f=(T_\varepsilon-1)(x,D)f+O(\varepsilon) in L2L^2. Finally (Tε−1)(x,D)f→0(T_\varepsilon-1)(x,D)f\to0 in L2L^2. For each xx, (Tε−1)(x,D)f(x)→0(T_\varepsilon-1)(x,D)f(x)\to0 by dominated convergence in ξ\xi, since |Tε−1|≤1|T_\varepsilon-1|\le1 and Tε→1T_\varepsilon\to1. These functions have the common bound C⟨x⟩−n−1C\langle x\rangle^{-n-1}, obtained from xαeix⋅ξ=(−i∂ξ)αeix⋅ξx^\alpha e^{ix\cdot\xi}=(-i\partial_\xi)^\alpha e^{ix\cdot\xi}, an integration by parts, and the uniform bounds |∂ξαTε|≤Cα|\partial_\xi^\alpha T_\varepsilon|\le C_\alpha. Dominated convergence in xx gives convergence in L2L^2. ▫\square

Corollary 5.5 (The order-zero oscillator). Fix ε∈(0,ε0]\varepsilon\in(0,\varepsilon_0] with ε<1\varepsilon<1 and (Tε(x,D)−1𝗀,𝗀)>0(T_\varepsilon(x,D)^{-1}\mathsf g,\mathsf g)>0. This is possible because Tε(x,D)−1𝗀→𝗀T_\varepsilon(x,D)^{-1}\mathsf g\to\mathsf g by Lemma 5.4, so every small ε\varepsilon qualifies. (The bound ε<1\varepsilon<1 is used in Theorem 7.4(v) and Proposition 8.2.) Let Tε(x,D)T_\varepsilon(x,D) act on each coefficient, and put Pε=PTε(x,D):L2⊗Λe→L2⊗ΛoP_\varepsilon=P\,T_\varepsilon(x,D):L^2\otimes\Lambda^e\to L^2\otimes\Lambda^o. 1. PεP_\varepsilon is bounded, surjective and Fredholm of index 11. Its kernel is spanned by Tε(x,D)−1𝗀T_\varepsilon(x,D)^{-1}\mathsf g, a form of degree 00. So PεP_\varepsilon is injective on the forms uu with (u0,𝗀)=0(u_0,\mathsf g)=0. 2. Pε=Op⁡(pε)P_\varepsilon=\operatorname{Op}(p_\varepsilon), where pε(x,ξ)=p(x+iξ)Tε(x,ξ)−i∑j∂ξjp∂xjTε=p(x+iξ)Tε(x,ξ)−ε2Tε(x,ξ)3(Λ(x)−Λ(x)*).(5.3) p_\varepsilon(x,\xi)=p(x+i\xi)T_\varepsilon(x,\xi)-i\sum_j\partial_{\xi_j}p\,\partial_{x_j}T_\varepsilon =p(x+i\xi)T_\varepsilon(x,\xi)-\varepsilon^2T_\varepsilon(x,\xi)^3\bigl(\Lambda(x)-\Lambda(x)^*\bigr). \tag{5.3} 3. pε∈S(1,g)p_\varepsilon\in S(1,g). There is C0C_0 such that pε(X)p_\varepsilon(X) is invertible for |X|≥C0|X|\ge C_0, with ∥pε(X)−1∥≤22ε\|p_\varepsilon(X)^{-1}\|\le2\sqrt2\,\varepsilon, and the derivatives of pε−1p_\varepsilon^{-1} satisfy the bounds of S(1,g)S(1,g) on {|X|≥C0}\{|X|\ge C_0\}. 4. pε(Ox,Oξ)=Λ(O)pε(x,ξ)Λ(O)−1p_\varepsilon(Ox,O\xi)=\Lambda(O)p_\varepsilon(x,\xi)\Lambda(O)^{-1} for O∈O(n)O\in O(n).

Proof. (1) Tε(x,D)T_\varepsilon(x,D) is an isomorphism of L2⊗ΛeL^2\otimes\Lambda^e onto H1H_1 (Lemma 5.4), and P:H1→H0P:H_1\to H_0 is surjective of index 11 (Proposition 4.4). The composite is surjective, and its index is 0+1=10+1=1 by Fact 1.3. Its kernel is Tε(x,D)−1ker⁡PT_\varepsilon(x,D)^{-1}\ker P. If Pεu=0P_\varepsilon u=0 and (u0,𝗀)=0(u_0,\mathsf g)=0, then u=cTε(x,D)−1𝗀u=cT_\varepsilon(x,D)^{-1}\mathsf g and 0=c(Tε(x,D)−1𝗀,𝗀)0=c(T_\varepsilon(x,D)^{-1}\mathsf g,\mathsf g), so c=0c=0.

  1. The symbol pp is affine in (x,ξ)(x,\xi), so (5.1) gives POp⁡(a)=Op⁡(pa+∑j∂ξjpDxja)P\operatorname{Op}(a)=\operatorname{Op}(pa+\sum_j\partial_{\xi_j}p\,D_{x_j}a) exactly. With a=Tεa=T_\varepsilon: ∂ξjp=p(iej)=i(εj−ιj)\partial_{\xi_j}p=p(ie_j)=i(\varepsilon_j-\iota_j) by Proposition 3.2(4), and DxjTε=iε2xjTε3D_{x_j}T_\varepsilon=i\varepsilon^2x_jT_\varepsilon^3. So the correction is ∑ji(εj−ιj)iε2xjTε3=−ε2Tε3(Λ(x)−Λ(x)*)\sum_j i(\varepsilon_j-\iota_j)\,i\varepsilon^2x_jT_\varepsilon^3=-\varepsilon^2T_\varepsilon^3(\Lambda(x)-\Lambda(x)^*), since Λ(x)=∑xjεj\Lambda(x)=\sum x_j\varepsilon_j and Λ(x)*=∑xjιj\Lambda(x)^*=\sum x_j\iota_j for real xx.

  2. p∈S(R,g)p\in S(R,g). For fixed ε\varepsilon, εR≤Rε≤R\varepsilon R\le R_\varepsilon\le R, so Tε∈S(R−1,g)T_\varepsilon\in S(R^{-1},g) (the metrics gεg_\varepsilon and gg are comparable, with constants depending on ε\varepsilon). Hence pTε∈S(1,g)pT_\varepsilon\in S(1,g) and the correction lies in S(R−2,g)S(R^{-2},g). By (3.3), (pTε)−1=p(x+iξ)*Rε/|X|2(pT_\varepsilon)^{-1}=p(x+i\xi)^*R_\varepsilon/|X|^2 has norm Rε/|X|≤2εR_\varepsilon/|X|\le\sqrt2\,\varepsilon when ε|X|≥1\varepsilon|X|\ge1. The correction has norm ε2Tε3|x|≤1/(ε|X|2)\varepsilon^2T_\varepsilon^3|x|\le1/(\varepsilon|X|^2) there, because Rε≥ε|X|R_\varepsilon\ge\varepsilon|X|. So for |X|≥C0=max⁡(1/ε,2)|X|\ge C_0=\max(1/\varepsilon,2), pε=pTε(I+E)p_\varepsilon=pT_\varepsilon(I+E) with ∥E∥≤2/|X|2≤1/2\|E\|\le\sqrt2/|X|^2\le1/2, and ∥pε−1∥≤22ε\|p_\varepsilon^{-1}\|\le2\sqrt2\,\varepsilon. Differentiating pε−1pε=Ip_\varepsilon^{-1}p_\varepsilon=I gives ∂pε−1=−pε−1(∂pε)pε−1\partial p_\varepsilon^{-1}=-p_\varepsilon^{-1}(\partial p_\varepsilon)p_\varepsilon^{-1}; by induction every derivative of order kk is a sum of products of pε−1p_\varepsilon^{-1} and derivatives of pεp_\varepsilon of total order kk, hence O(R−k)O(R^{-k}).

  3. Use (3.4), the invariance Tε(Ox,Oξ)=Tε(x,ξ)T_\varepsilon(Ox,O\xi)=T_\varepsilon(x,\xi), and Λ(Ox)−Λ(Ox)*=Λ(O)(Λ(x)−Λ(x)*)Λ(O)−1\Lambda(Ox)-\Lambda(Ox)^*=\Lambda(O)(\Lambda(x)-\Lambda(x)^*)\Lambda(O)^{-1}. ▫\square

The lower-order part of (5.3) matters later: after the truncation of Section 6 it is homogeneous of degree zero in ξ\xi, so it survives in the principal symbol of the Bott operator (Theorem 7.4(v)).

6. A truncation that is uniform in the product metric

The Bott operator of Section 7 must be classical of order 00, and it must act as a multiplication for large |x||x|. We obtain it by deforming the symbol pεp_\varepsilon. This section provides the deformation: it makes a symbol homogeneous of degree 00 for large |ξ||\xi| and independent of ξ\xi for large |x||x|, with bounds that are uniform in the product metric GG.

Cutoffs. Fix radial functions ϕ∈Cc∞(ℝn)\phi\in C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^n) and ψ∈C∞(ℝn)\psi\in C^\infty(\mathbb R^n), both decreasing in |x||x|, with ϕ(x)=ψ(x)=1(|x|≤1),ϕ(x)=0,ψ(x)=1/|x|(|x|≥2).(6.1) \phi(x)=\psi(x)=1\ \ (|x|\le1),\qquad \phi(x)=0,\ \ \psi(x)=1/|x|\ \ (|x|\ge2). \tag{6.1} Such ψ\psi exists. Take ϑ∈C∞(ℝ)\vartheta\in C^\infty(\mathbb R), ϑ≥0\vartheta\ge0, ϑ=0\vartheta=0 on (−∞,1](-\infty,1], ϑ=1\vartheta=1 on [2,∞)[2,\infty), with ∫12ϑ=1\int_1^2\vartheta=1 (so ϑ\vartheta exceeds 11 somewhere in (1,2)(1,2)), and put ψ(x)=1/m(|x|)\psi(x)=1/m(|x|) with m(r)=1+∫0rϑm(r)=1+\int_0^r\vartheta. Then mm is increasing, m=1m=1 on [0,1][0,1] and m(r)=rm(r)=r for r≥2r\ge2. Two consequences of (6.1) are used below: 1/2≤ψ≤11/2\le\psi\le1 on |x|≤2|x|\le2; and rψ(r)>1/2r\psi(r)>1/2 for every r>1/2r>1/2. (For r≤1r\le1, rψ(r)=rr\psi(r)=r. For 1<r≤21<r\le2, rψ(r)≥rψ(2)=r/2>1/2r\psi(r)\ge r\psi(2)=r/2>1/2. For r>2r>2, rψ(r)=1r\psi(r)=1.)

Lemma 6.1 (Uniform truncation). Let G̃X(t,τ)=|t|2⟨x⟩2+|τ|2R(X)2, \tilde G_X(t,\tau)=\frac{|t|^2}{\langle x\rangle^2}+\frac{|\tau|^2}{R(X)^2}, and let a∈S(1,G̃)a\in S(1,\tilde G), with values in a fixed space of matrices. Equivalently, |∂xβ∂ξαa(x,ξ)|≤Cαβ⟨x⟩−|β|R(x,ξ)−|α|.(6.2) |\partial_x^\beta\partial_\xi^\alpha a(x,\xi)|\le C_{\alpha\beta}\langle x\rangle^{-|\beta|}R(x,\xi)^{-|\alpha|}. \tag{6.2} Every a∈S(1,g)a\in S(1,g) has this property. For 0≤δ≤10\le\delta\le1 put Θδ(x,ξ)=ϕ(δx)ψ(δξ)ξ,aδ(x,ξ)=a(x,Θδ(x,ξ)).(6.3) \Theta_\delta(x,\xi)=\phi(\delta x)\psi(\delta\xi)\xi,\qquad a_\delta(x,\xi)=a\bigl(x,\Theta_\delta(x,\xi)\bigr). \tag{6.3} 1. The family aδa_\delta, 0≤δ≤10\le\delta\le1, is bounded in S(1,G)S(1,G): |∂xβ∂ξαaδ|≤Cαβ′⟨x⟩−|β|⟨ξ⟩−|α||\partial_x^\beta\partial_\xi^\alpha a_\delta|\le C'_{\alpha\beta}\langle x\rangle^{-|\beta|}\langle\xi\rangle^{-|\alpha|} with constants independent of δ\delta. 2. a0=aa_0=a. If δ|x|≥2\delta|x|\ge2, then aδ(x,ξ)=a(x,0)a_\delta(x,\xi)=a(x,0). If δ|ξ|≥2\delta|\xi|\ge2, then aδ(x,ξ)=a(x,ϕ(δx)ξ/(δ|ξ|))a_\delta(x,\xi)=a\bigl(x,\phi(\delta x)\xi/(\delta|\xi|)\bigr), which is homogeneous of degree 00 in ξ\xi. 3. aδ(x,ξ)a_\delta(x,\xi) is jointly continuous in (δ,x,ξ)(\delta,x,\xi).

Since g≤G̃≤Gg\le\tilde G\le G, we have S(1,g)⊂S(1,G̃)⊂S(1,G)S(1,g)\subset S(1,\tilde G)\subset S(1,G). The first inclusion is strict: a(x)=x1/⟨x⟩a(x)=x_1/\langle x\rangle lies in S(1,G̃)S(1,\tilde G) but not in S(1,g)S(1,g), because ∂x1a\partial_{x_1}a is of size ⟨x⟩−1\langle x\rangle^{-1}, not R−1R^{-1}, when |ξ|≫|x||\xi|\gg|x|. The proof below needs only (6.2). Example 6.2 shows that S(1,G)S(1,G) is not enough.

Proof. Parts 2 and 3 follow from (6.1) and the continuity of ϕ,ψ\phi,\psi. For part 1 we split into regions.

Reduction to δ|ξ|≤2\delta|\xi|\le2. On the closed set {δ|ξ|≥2}\{\delta|\xi|\ge2\}, aδ(x,⋅)a_\delta(x,\cdot) is homogeneous of degree 00 (aδ(x,λξ)=aδ(x,ξ)a_\delta(x,\lambda\xi)=a_\delta(x,\xi) for λ≥1\lambda\ge1), so ∂xβ∂ξαaδ\partial_x^\beta\partial_\xi^\alpha a_\delta is homogeneous of degree −|α|-|\alpha| there. Given (x,ξ)(x,\xi) with δ|ξ|>2\delta|\xi|>2, put ξ′=2ξ/(δ|ξ|)\xi'=2\xi/(\delta|\xi|), so δ|ξ′|=2\delta|\xi'|=2. If the bound holds at (x,ξ′)(x,\xi'), then |∂xβ∂ξαaδ(x,ξ)|=(δ|ξ|/2)−|α||∂xβ∂ξαaδ(x,ξ′)|≤C⟨x⟩−|β|((δ|ξ|/2)|ξ′|)−|α|=C⟨x⟩−|β||ξ|−|α|, |\partial_x^\beta\partial_\xi^\alpha a_\delta(x,\xi)|=(\delta|\xi|/2)^{-|\alpha|}|\partial_x^\beta\partial_\xi^\alpha a_\delta(x,\xi')| \le C\langle x\rangle^{-|\beta|}\bigl((\delta|\xi|/2)\,|\xi'|\bigr)^{-|\alpha|}=C\langle x\rangle^{-|\beta|}|\xi|^{-|\alpha|}, and |ξ|≥⟨ξ⟩/2|\xi|\ge\langle\xi\rangle/\sqrt2 because |ξ|≥2|\xi|\ge2. So it suffices to prove the bound where δ|ξ|≤2\delta|\xi|\le2. The three regions below cover all xx.

Region δ|x|≤1\delta|x|\le1. Here ϕ(δx)=1\phi(\delta x)=1 and aδ=a(x,Ψδ(ξ))a_\delta=a(x,\Psi_\delta(\xi)) with Ψδ(ξ)=ψ(δξ)ξ\Psi_\delta(\xi)=\psi(\delta\xi)\xi. Since δ|ξ|≤2\delta|\xi|\le2, |ξ|/2≤|Ψδ(ξ)|≤|ξ||\xi|/2\le|\Psi_\delta(\xi)|\le|\xi|. For δ>0\delta>0, Ψδ(ξ)=δ−1Ψ1(δξ)\Psi_\delta(\xi)=\delta^{-1}\Psi_1(\delta\xi), and Ψ1(η)=ψ(η)η\Psi_1(\eta)=\psi(\eta)\eta is smooth, and it is homogeneous of degree 00 where |η|≥2|\eta|\ge2. Hence, for α≠0\alpha\ne0, |∂αΨδ(ξ)|≤Cαδ|α|−1(1+δ|ξ|)−|α|≤Cα(1+|ξ|)1−|α|. |\partial^\alpha\Psi_\delta(\xi)|\le C_\alpha\delta^{|\alpha|-1}(1+\delta|\xi|)^{-|\alpha|}\le C_\alpha(1+|\xi|)^{1-|\alpha|}. The second step uses δ/(1+δ|ξ|)=1/(δ−1+|ξ|)≤1/(1+|ξ|)\delta/(1+\delta|\xi|)=1/(\delta^{-1}+|\xi|)\le1/(1+|\xi|) and (1+δ|ξ|)−1≤1(1+\delta|\xi|)^{-1}\le1. For δ=0\delta=0, Ψ0(ξ)=ξ\Psi_0(\xi)=\xi and the bound is trivial. By the chain rule, ∂xβ∂ξαaδ\partial_x^\beta\partial_\xi^\alpha a_\delta is a finite sum of terms (∂xβ∂ηγa)(x,Ψδ(ξ))∏i=1|γ|∂αiΨδ(ξ),α1+…+α|γ|=α,αi≠0. (\partial_x^\beta\partial_\eta^\gamma a)(x,\Psi_\delta(\xi))\prod_{i=1}^{|\gamma|}\partial^{\alpha_i}\Psi_\delta(\xi),\qquad \alpha_1+\dots+\alpha_{|\gamma|}=\alpha,\ \alpha_i\ne0 . By (6.2) and R(x,Ψδ)≥1+|ξ|/2R(x,\Psi_\delta)\ge1+|\xi|/2 up to a constant, each term is at most C⟨x⟩−|β|⟨ξ⟩−|γ|⟨ξ⟩|γ|−|α|C\langle x\rangle^{-|\beta|}\langle\xi\rangle^{-|\gamma|}\langle\xi\rangle^{|\gamma|-|\alpha|}.

Region δ|x|≥2\delta|x|\ge2. Here aδ=a(x,0)a_\delta=a(x,0). All ξ\xi-derivatives vanish and |∂xβa(x,0)|≤C⟨x⟩−|β||\partial_x^\beta a(x,0)|\le C\langle x\rangle^{-|\beta|} by (6.2). By continuity this also holds where δ|x|=2\delta|x|=2.

Region 1≤δ|x|≤21\le\delta|x|\le2. Here δ>0\delta>0 and ⟨x⟩≥|x|≥1/δ\langle x\rangle\ge|x|\ge1/\delta. By (6.2), since R≥⟨x⟩R\ge\langle x\rangle, |∂xβ0∂ηγa(x,η)|≤C⟨x⟩−|β0|⟨x⟩−|γ|≤Cδ|γ|⟨x⟩−|β0|. |\partial_x^{\beta_0}\partial_\eta^\gamma a(x,\eta)|\le C\langle x\rangle^{-|\beta_0|}\langle x\rangle^{-|\gamma|}\le C\delta^{|\gamma|}\langle x\rangle^{-|\beta_0|}. Also δΘδ(x,ξ)=F(δx,δξ)\delta\Theta_\delta(x,\xi)=F(\delta x,\delta\xi) with F(y,η)=ϕ(y)ψ(η)ηF(y,\eta)=\phi(y)\psi(\eta)\eta. Since ϕ\phi has compact support and ψ(η)η\psi(\eta)\eta is homogeneous of degree 00 for |η|≥2|\eta|\ge2, |∂yβ∂ηαF(y,η)|≤C(1+|y|)−|β|(1+|η|)−|α||\partial_y^\beta\partial_\eta^\alpha F(y,\eta)|\le C(1+|y|)^{-|\beta|}(1+|\eta|)^{-|\alpha|}. Hence |∂xβ∂ξα(δΘδ)|≤C(δ1+δ|x|)|β|(δ1+δ|ξ|)|α|≤C(1+|x|)−|β|(1+|ξ|)−|α|. |\partial_x^\beta\partial_\xi^\alpha(\delta\Theta_\delta)|\le C\Bigl(\frac{\delta}{1+\delta|x|}\Bigr)^{|\beta|}\Bigl(\frac{\delta}{1+\delta|\xi|}\Bigr)^{|\alpha|}\le C(1+|x|)^{-|\beta|}(1+|\xi|)^{-|\alpha|}. The chain rule writes ∂xβ∂ξαaδ\partial_x^\beta\partial_\xi^\alpha a_\delta as a sum of terms (∂xβ0∂ηγa)(x,Θδ)∏i=1|γ|∂xβi∂ξαiΘδ(\partial_x^{\beta_0}\partial_\eta^\gamma a)(x,\Theta_\delta)\prod_{i=1}^{|\gamma|}\partial_x^{\beta_i}\partial_\xi^{\alpha_i}\Theta_\delta with β0+∑βi=β\beta_0+\sum\beta_i=\beta, ∑αi=α\sum\alpha_i=\alpha and (αi,βi)≠0(\alpha_i,\beta_i)\ne0. Write each factor as δ−1∂(δΘδ)\delta^{-1}\partial(\delta\Theta_\delta). The δ|γ|\delta^{|\gamma|} from aa cancels the δ−|γ|\delta^{-|\gamma|}, and each term is at most C⟨x⟩−|β|⟨ξ⟩−|α|C\langle x\rangle^{-|\beta|}\langle\xi\rangle^{-|\alpha|}. ▫\square

Example 6.2 (The product class is not enough). Let κ∈C∞(ℝ)\kappa\in C^\infty(\mathbb R) with κ=0\kappa=0 on (−∞,1](-\infty,1] and κ=1\kappa=1 on [2,∞)[2,\infty), and a(x,ξ)=κ(|ξ|)a(x,\xi)=\kappa(|\xi|). This symbol lies in S(1,G)S(1,G), but not in S(1,G̃)S(1,\tilde G), since ∂ξa\partial_\xi a does not decay in xx where 1<|ξ|<21<|\xi|<2. Let r0=inf⁡{r:ϕ(r)=0}∈(1,2]r_0=\inf\{r:\phi(r)=0\}\in(1,2] (we write ϕ(r)\phi(r) for the value at |x|=r|x|=r); ϕ>0\phi>0 on [0,r0)[0,r_0). For 0<δ<1/20<\delta<1/2 and δ|ξ|>2\delta|\xi|>2, Lemma 6.1(2) gives aδ(x,ξ)=κ(ϕ(δx)/δ)a_\delta(x,\xi)=\kappa(\phi(\delta x)/\delta). Along a ray, as |x||x| runs from 1/δ1/\delta to r0/δr_0/\delta, this falls from κ(1/δ)=1\kappa(1/\delta)=1 to κ(0)=0\kappa(0)=0. The fall happens where ϕ(δx)≤2δ\phi(\delta x)\le2\delta, that is, on sδ/δ≤|x|≤r0/δs_\delta/\delta\le|x|\le r_0/\delta with sδ=inf⁡{r≥1:ϕ(r)≤2δ}s_\delta=\inf\{r\ge1:\phi(r)\le2\delta\}. Since ϕ\phi is continuous and positive on [1,r0)[1,r_0), sδ→r0s_\delta\to r_0 as δ→0\delta\to0. By the mean value theorem some x*x^* on this segment has |∂raδ(x*,ξ)|≥δ/(r0−sδ)|\partial_ra_\delta(x^*,\xi)|\ge\delta/(r_0-s_\delta), while ⟨x*⟩≥1/δ\langle x^*\rangle\ge1/\delta. So ⟨x*⟩|∂xaδ(x*,ξ)|≥1/(r0−sδ)→∞\langle x^*\rangle|\partial_xa_\delta(x^*,\xi)|\ge1/(r_0-s_\delta)\to\infty: the family aδa_\delta is not bounded in S(1,G)S(1,G). So the derivatives of aa in its second slot must also gain the factor ⟨x⟩−1\langle x\rangle^{-1}, as (6.2) requires through R≥⟨x⟩R\ge\langle x\rangle.

7. The Bott operator

The Bott operator is obtained from the order-zero oscillator PεP_\varepsilon of Corollary 5.5 in three moves: truncate its symbol by Lemma 6.1, cut off the far part of its kernel, and normalize it at infinity. We first collect three tools.

Lemma 7.1 (The product metric). The metric GG of (1.1) has dual metric GXσ(t,τ)=⟨ξ⟩2|t|2+⟨x⟩2|τ|2G^\sigma_X(t,\tau)=\langle\xi\rangle^2|t|^2+\langle x\rangle^2|\tau|^2 and Planck function hG(X)=⟨x⟩−1⟨ξ⟩−1≤min⁡(1,2/R(X))h_G(X)=\langle x\rangle^{-1}\langle\xi\rangle^{-1}\le\min(1,\sqrt2/R(X)). It is slowly varying and symplectically temperate, and GX(t,τ)=GX(t,−τ)G_X(t,\tau)=G_X(t,-\tau). The weights 11 and hGh_G are GG-continuous and temperate in the sense of Fact 1.9. Consequently, for a,ba,b bounded in S(1,G)S(1,G), Op⁡(a)Op⁡(b)=Op⁡(a∘b)\operatorname{Op}(a)\operatorname{Op}(b)=\operatorname{Op}(a\circ b) on 𝒮\mathcal S, and a∘b−aba\circ b-ab is bounded in S(hG,G)S(h_G,G), with bounds depending only on finitely many seminorms of aa and bb.

Proof. By definition, GXσ(t,τ)G^\sigma_X(t,\tau) is the supremum of (τ⋅s−t⋅σ′)2/GX(s,σ′)(\tau\cdot s-t\cdot\sigma')^2/G_X(s,\sigma') over (s,σ′)≠0(s,\sigma')\ne0. Substitute s=⟨x⟩s̃s=\langle x\rangle\tilde s and σ′=⟨ξ⟩σ̃\sigma'=\langle\xi\rangle\tilde\sigma. Then GX(s,σ′)=|s̃|2+|σ̃|2G_X(s,\sigma')=|\tilde s|^2+|\tilde\sigma|^2 and τ⋅s−t⋅σ′=⟨x⟩τ⋅s̃−⟨ξ⟩t⋅σ̃\tau\cdot s-t\cdot\sigma'=\langle x\rangle\tau\cdot\tilde s-\langle\xi\rangle t\cdot\tilde\sigma, so by Cauchy–Schwarz the supremum is ⟨x⟩2|τ|2+⟨ξ⟩2|t|2\langle x\rangle^2|\tau|^2+\langle\xi\rangle^2|t|^2. The ratio of the corresponding terms of GG and GσG^\sigma is ⟨x⟩−2⟨ξ⟩−2\langle x\rangle^{-2}\langle\xi\rangle^{-2} for both, so hG2=⟨x⟩−2⟨ξ⟩−2h_G^2=\langle x\rangle^{-2}\langle\xi\rangle^{-2}. Also ⟨x⟩⟨ξ⟩≥max⁡(⟨x⟩,⟨ξ⟩)≥R/2\langle x\rangle\langle\xi\rangle\ge\max(\langle x\rangle,\langle\xi\rangle)\ge R/\sqrt2. If GX(Y−X)≤1/4G_X(Y-X)\le1/4, then |y−x|≤⟨x⟩/2|y-x|\le\langle x\rangle/2 and |η−ξ|≤⟨ξ⟩/2|\eta-\xi|\le\langle\xi\rangle/2, so ⟨y⟩/⟨x⟩\langle y\rangle/\langle x\rangle and ⟨η⟩/⟨ξ⟩\langle\eta\rangle/\langle\xi\rangle lie in [1/2,3/2][1/2,3/2]; this is slow variation. For temperance, ⟨x⟩≤⟨y⟩(1+|x−y|)\langle x\rangle\le\langle y\rangle(1+|x-y|) and (1+|x−y|)2≤2(1+⟨η⟩2|x−y|2)≤2(1+GYσ(X−Y))(1+|x-y|)^2\le2(1+\langle\eta\rangle^2|x-y|^2)\le2(1+G^\sigma_Y(X-Y)); the same holds for ⟨ξ⟩/⟨η⟩\langle\xi\rangle/\langle\eta\rangle and for the inverse ratios. This bounds GX/GYG_X/G_Y, GXσ/GYσG^\sigma_X/G^\sigma_Y and hG(X)/hG(Y)h_G(X)/h_G(Y) by 2(1+GYσ(X−Y))2(1+G^\sigma_Y(X-Y)). The last statement is Fact 1.9 with m1=m2=1m_1=m_2=1. ▫\square

Lemma 7.2 (Families). Let II be a compact metric space. 1. (Strong continuity.) Let symbols asa_s, s∈Is\in I, have all derivatives bounded uniformly in ss, and let s↦as(X)s\mapsto a_s(X) be continuous for each XX. Then sup⁡s∥Op⁡(as)∥L2→L2<∞\sup_s\|\operatorname{Op}(a_s)\|_{L^2\to L^2}<\infty and s↦Op⁡(as)us\mapsto\operatorname{Op}(a_s)u is continuous in L2L^2 for every u∈L2u\in L^2. 2. (Collective compactness.) If ksk_s, s∈Is\in I, is bounded in S(hG,G)S(h_G,G), then the family Op⁡(ks)\operatorname{Op}(k_s) is collectively compact on L2L^2: the set {Op⁡(ks)u:s∈I,∥u∥≤1}\{\operatorname{Op}(k_s)u:\ s\in I,\ \|u\|\le1\} has compact closure.

Proof. (1) The uniform bound is Fact 1.5. Let u∈𝒮u\in\mathcal S and s→s0s\to s_0. For each xx, Op⁡(as)u(x)→Op⁡(as0)u(x)\operatorname{Op}(a_s)u(x)\to\operatorname{Op}(a_{s_0})u(x) by dominated convergence in ξ\xi. Integrating by parts with xαeix⋅ξ=(−i∂ξ)αeix⋅ξx^\alpha e^{ix\cdot\xi}=(-i\partial_\xi)^\alpha e^{ix\cdot\xi}, and using the uniform bounds on ∂ξαas\partial_\xi^\alpha a_s, gives |Op⁡(as)u(x)|≤C⟨x⟩−n−1|\operatorname{Op}(a_s)u(x)|\le C\langle x\rangle^{-n-1} uniformly in ss. Dominated convergence in xx gives convergence in L2L^2. For general uu, approximate by Schwartz functions and use the uniform bound.

  1. Fix χ∈Cc∞(ℝ2n)\chi\in C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^{2n}) with 0≤χ≤10\le\chi\le1, χ=1\chi=1 on |X|≤1|X|\le1, χ=0\chi=0 for |X|≥2|X|\ge2, and put χR(X)=χ(X/R)\chi_R(X)=\chi(X/R).

Far part. On the support of 1−χR1-\chi_R every derivative of ksk_s is bounded by ChG≤C2/RCh_G\le C\sqrt2/R, and every derivative of χR\chi_R of positive order is at most C/RC/R. So all derivatives of ks(1−χR)k_s(1-\chi_R) up to any fixed order are at most C′/RC'/R, and by Fact 1.5, ∥Op⁡(ks(1−χR))∥≤C″/R\|\operatorname{Op}(k_s(1-\chi_R))\|\le C''/R for all ss.

Near part. Let cs=ksχRc_s=k_s\chi_R, supported in |X|≤2R|X|\le2R, and ∥u∥≤1\|u\|\le1. The function f=Op⁡(cs)uf=\operatorname{Op}(c_s)u vanishes for |x|>2R|x|>2R. By Cauchy–Schwarz on the ball |ξ|≤2R|\xi|\le2R and Plancherel, |f(x)|≤CR|f(x)|\le C_R and |∇f(x)|≤CR|\nabla f(x)|\le C_R, uniformly in ss and uu: a derivative falls either on eix⋅ξe^{ix\cdot\xi}, giving a factor of size at most 2R2R, or on csc_s. By the Arzelà–Ascoli theorem (Fact 1.19) these functions form a relatively compact set in C({|x|≤2R})C(\{|x|\le2R\}), hence in L2L^2.

Given η>0\eta>0, choose RR with C″/R<η/2C''/R<\eta/2 and a finite η/2\eta/2-net for the images of the near parts. It is an η\eta-net for the whole family of images. So that family is totally bounded. ▫\square

Lemma 7.3 (Orthogonal symmetry). For O∈O(n)O\in O(n) and a form uu put (O*u)(x)=Λ(O)−1u(Ox)(O^*u)(x)=\Lambda(O)^{-1}u(Ox). (For forms of degree qq this is the pull-back of uu by x↦Oxx\mapsto Ox.) 1. O*O^* is unitary on L2⊗ΛL^2\otimes\Lambda, preserves degrees, and preserves 𝒮\mathcal S, ℬ\mathcal B and Cc∞C_c^\infty. 2. Let bb be a symbol with bounded derivatives, or a polynomial in (x,ξ)(x,\xi), with values in ℒ(Λ)\mathcal L(\Lambda) or between parts of Λ\Lambda, such that b(Ox,Oξ)=Λ(O)b(x,ξ)Λ(O)−1(O∈O(n)).(7.1) b(Ox,O\xi)=\Lambda(O)\,b(x,\xi)\,\Lambda(O)^{-1}\qquad(O\in O(n)). \tag{7.1} Then O*Op⁡(b)=Op⁡(b)O*O^*\operatorname{Op}(b)=\operatorname{Op}(b)O^* on 𝒮\mathcal S, and on L2L^2 when Op⁡(b)\operatorname{Op}(b) is bounded there. Scalar symbols that depend only on |x||x| and |ξ||\xi| satisfy (7.1). 3. A continuous even form uu with O*u=uO^*u=u for all OO is a scalar function of |x||x| times 1∈Λ01\in\Lambda^0. 4. Let KK be a one-dimensional subspace of L2⊗ΛL^2\otimes\Lambda with O*K=KO^*K=K for all OO. If some ww with O*w=wO^*w=w for all OO satisfies (k,w)≠0(k,w)\ne0 for k∈K\0k\in K\setminus0, then O*k=kO^*k=k for all k∈Kk\in K and all OO.

Proof. (1) Change variables x↦Oxx\mapsto Ox and use unitarity of Λ(O)\Lambda(O) (Proposition 3.2(5)).

  1. The Fourier transform of O*uO^*u is Λ(O)−1û(Oξ)\Lambda(O)^{-1}\widehat u(O\xi). Substituting ζ=Oξ\zeta=O\xi, so that x⋅ξ=Ox⋅ζx\cdot\xi=Ox\cdot\zeta, Op⁡(b)O*u(x)=(2π)−n∫eiOx⋅ζb(x,O−1ζ)Λ(O)−1û(ζ)dζ,O*Op⁡(b)u(x)=(2π)−n∫eiOx⋅ζΛ(O)−1b(Ox,ζ)û(ζ)dζ. \operatorname{Op}(b)O^*u(x)=(2\pi)^{-n}\int e^{iOx\cdot\zeta}b(x,O^{-1}\zeta)\Lambda(O)^{-1}\widehat u(\zeta)\,d\zeta,\qquad O^*\operatorname{Op}(b)u(x)=(2\pi)^{-n}\int e^{iOx\cdot\zeta}\Lambda(O)^{-1}b(Ox,\zeta)\widehat u(\zeta)\,d\zeta . They agree by (7.1) with ξ=O−1ζ\xi=O^{-1}\zeta.

  2. At x=0x=0: let rjr_j be the reflection in ej⟂e_j^\perp. Then Λ(rj)eJ=−eJ\Lambda(r_j)e_J=-e_J if j∈Jj\in J and eJe_J otherwise, so invariance kills every component eJe_J with J≠∅J\ne\emptyset. At x≠0x\ne0: choose an orthonormal basis f1=x/|x|,f2,…,fnf_1=x/|x|,f_2,\dots,f_n and expand u(x)u(x) in the corresponding basis fJf_J of Λ\Lambda. The reflections in fk⟂f_k^\perp, k≥2k\ge2, fix xx, so invariance kills every fJf_J with J∩{2,…,n}≠∅J\cap\{2,\dots,n\}\ne\emptyset. What remains is spanned by 11 and f1f_1, and uu is even, so u(x)∈Λ0u(x)\in\Lambda^0. The scalar uu then satisfies u(Ox)=u(x)u(Ox)=u(x), so it depends only on |x||x|.

  3. Since KK is one-dimensional and invariant, O*k=c(O)kO^*k=c(O)k for a scalar c(O)c(O). By unitarity, (k,w)=(O*k,O*w)=c(O)(k,w)(k,w)=(O^*k,O^*w)=c(O)(k,w), so c(O)=1c(O)=1. ▫\square

Part 4 needs no average over the orthogonal group, and no continuity in OO.

Theorem 7.4 (The Bott operator). Let n≥1n\ge1. There are numbers ε,δ,θ∈(0,1)\varepsilon,\delta,\theta\in(0,1) and a symbol B∈Sphg0(ℝn×ℝn;ℒ(Λe,Λo))B\in S^0_{\mathrm{phg}}(\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^n;\mathcal L(\Lambda^e,\Lambda^o)) with these properties. - (i) B(x,ξ)=p(x/|x|)=Λ(x/|x|)+Λ(x/|x|)*B(x,\xi)=p(x/|x|)=\Lambda(x/|x|)+\Lambda(x/|x|)^* for |x|≥2/θ|x|\ge2/\theta. - (ii) The Schwartz kernel of B(x,D)B(x,D) minus B(x,0)δ(x−y)B(x,0)\delta(x-y) has compact support. - (iii) B(x,D):L2⊗Λe→L2⊗ΛoB(x,D):L^2\otimes\Lambda^e\to L^2\otimes\Lambda^o is surjective. Its kernel is spanned by one function uB∈Cc∞(ℝn)u_B\in C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^n) of degree 00 that depends only on |x||x|. - (iv) O*B(x,D)=B(x,D)O*O^*B(x,D)=B(x,D)O^* for every O∈O(n)O\in O(n). - (v) For ξ≠0\xi\ne0 the principal symbol is σ0(B)=β+e\sigma_0(B)=\beta+e, where, with η=ϕ(δx)ξ/(δ|ξ|)\eta=\phi(\delta x)\xi/(\delta|\xi|), β(x,ξ)=p(x+iϕ(δx)ξ/(δ|ξ|))(|x|2+ϕ(δx)2)1/2,e(x,ξ)=−ϕ(θx)ε2Tε(x,η)2(|x|2+ϕ(δx)2)1/2(Λ(x)−Λ(x)*).(7.2) \beta(x,\xi)=\frac{p\bigl(x+i\phi(\delta x)\xi/(\delta|\xi|)\bigr)}{(|x|^2+\phi(\delta x)^2)^{1/2}},\qquad e(x,\xi)=-\frac{\phi(\theta x)\,\varepsilon^2T_\varepsilon(x,\eta)^2}{(|x|^2+\phi(\delta x)^2)^{1/2}}\bigl(\Lambda(x)-\Lambda(x)^*\bigr). \tag{7.2} Every singular value of β(x,ξ)\beta(x,\xi) is at least 11, and ∥e(x,ξ)∥≤ε2<1\|e(x,\xi)\|\le\varepsilon^2<1. So σ0(B)\sigma_0(B) is invertible for ξ≠0\xi\ne0, and every point of the segment from σ0(B)\sigma_0(B) to β\beta is invertible.

Construction note: For the literal construction here the principal symbol is β+e\beta+e, and e≠0e\ne0 at every x≠0x\ne0 with |x|<1/θ|x|<1/\theta, as Step 8 proves.

Proof. Step 1 (the inverse symbol). Fix ε\varepsilon as in Corollary 5.5, so Pε=Op⁡(pε)P_\varepsilon=\operatorname{Op}(p_\varepsilon) with pε∈S(1,g)p_\varepsilon\in S(1,g). Let χ̃\tilde\chi be a smooth function of |X||X|, equal to 11 for |X|≤C0|X|\le C_0 and 00 for |X|≥C0+1|X|\ge C_0+1, and put b=(1−χ̃)pε−1∈S(1,g)b=(1-\tilde\chi)p_\varepsilon^{-1}\in S(1,g). Let C=C0+1C=C_0+1 and M={(x,ξ):|x|≤C,|ξ|≤C}M=\{(x,\xi):|x|\le C,\ |\xi|\le C\}. Outside MM we have |X|>C|X|>C, so b=pε−1b=p_\varepsilon^{-1} there. Both pεp_\varepsilon and bb satisfy (7.1).

Step 2 (truncation). For 0≤δ≤δ0=1/(2C)0\le\delta\le\delta_0=1/(2C), let aδa_\delta and bδb_\delta be the truncations (6.3) of a=pεa=p_\varepsilon and of bb. By Lemma 6.1 they are bounded in S(1,G)S(1,G) and continuous in δ\delta. They satisfy (7.1), because Θδ(Ox,Oξ)=OΘδ(x,ξ)\Theta_\delta(Ox,O\xi)=O\Theta_\delta(x,\xi). We claim aδbδ=bδaδ=Ia_\delta b_\delta=b_\delta a_\delta=I outside MM. Indeed aδ(X)bδ(X)=a(x,Θδ)b(x,Θδ)a_\delta(X)b_\delta(X)=a(x,\Theta_\delta)b(x,\Theta_\delta), which is II unless (x,Θδ)∈M(x,\Theta_\delta)\in M. In that case δ|x|≤δC≤1/2\delta|x|\le\delta C\le1/2, so ϕ(δx)=1\phi(\delta x)=1 and Θδ=ψ(δξ)ξ\Theta_\delta=\psi(\delta\xi)\xi. Then δ|ξ|ψ(δξ)=δ|Θδ|≤1/2\delta|\xi|\psi(\delta\xi)=\delta|\Theta_\delta|\le1/2, and since rψ(r)>1/2r\psi(r)>1/2 for r>1/2r>1/2, we get δ|ξ|≤1/2\delta|\xi|\le1/2. So ψ(δξ)=1\psi(\delta\xi)=1, Θδ=ξ\Theta_\delta=\xi, and (x,ξ)∈M(x,\xi)\in M.

Step 3 (index one). By Lemma 7.1, bδ∘aδ=I+k1δb_\delta\circ a_\delta=I+k_{1\delta} and aδ∘bδ=I+k2δa_\delta\circ b_\delta=I+k_{2\delta}, where k1δ=(bδ∘aδ−bδaδ)+(bδaδ−I) k_{1\delta}=(b_\delta\circ a_\delta-b_\delta a_\delta)+(b_\delta a_\delta-I) is bounded in S(hG,G)S(h_G,G): the first bracket by Lemma 7.1, the second because it is supported in the compact set MM, where hGh_G is bounded below. The same holds for k2δk_{2\delta}. The operator identities hold on 𝒮\mathcal S, hence on L2L^2. By Lemma 7.2, Op⁡(aδ)\operatorname{Op}(a_\delta) and Op⁡(bδ)\operatorname{Op}(b_\delta) are strongly continuous in δ∈[0,δ0]\delta\in[0,\delta_0], and the errors form collectively compact families. Fact 1.4 now gives three conclusions. Every Op⁡(aδ)\operatorname{Op}(a_\delta) is Fredholm. Its index is constant, hence equal to ind⁡Op⁡(a0)=ind⁡Pε=1\operatorname{ind}\operatorname{Op}(a_0)=\operatorname{ind}P_\varepsilon=1. And since the kernel dimension is upper semicontinuous, there is δ1∈(0,δ0]\delta_1\in(0,\delta_0] with dim⁡ker⁡Op⁡(aδ)≤dim⁡ker⁡Pε=1\dim\ker\operatorname{Op}(a_\delta)\le\dim\ker P_\varepsilon=1 for 0≤δ≤δ10\le\delta\le\delta_1. For those δ\delta the kernel has dimension exactly 11 and the cokernel is 00.

Step 4 (the kernel is invariant). Let uδu_\delta span ker⁡Op⁡(aδ)\ker\operatorname{Op}(a_\delta), ∥uδ∥=1\|u_\delta\|=1. We claim (uδ,0,𝗀)≠0(u_{\delta,0},\mathsf g)\ne0 for all small δ>0\delta>0. If not, take δk→0\delta_k\to0 with (uδk,0,𝗀)=0(u_{\delta_k,0},\mathsf g)=0. Since uδ=−Op⁡(k1δ)uδu_\delta=-\operatorname{Op}(k_{1\delta})u_\delta, collective compactness gives a subsequence converging in L2L^2 to some uu with ∥u∥=1\|u\|=1. Then Op⁡(a0)u=(Op⁡(a0)−Op⁡(aδk))u+Op⁡(aδk)(u−uδk)→0, \operatorname{Op}(a_0)u=\bigl(\operatorname{Op}(a_0)-\operatorname{Op}(a_{\delta_k})\bigr)u+\operatorname{Op}(a_{\delta_k})(u-u_{\delta_k})\to0, by strong continuity and the uniform bound. So u∈ker⁡Pεu\in\ker P_\varepsilon and (u0,𝗀)=0(u_0,\mathsf g)=0, which Corollary 5.5(1) excludes. Fix such a δ∈(0,δ1]\delta\in(0,\delta_1]. The kernel is invariant under every O*O^*, by Lemma 7.3(2), and 𝗀\mathsf g is invariant, so Lemma 7.3(4) shows that uδu_\delta is invariant. For δ|ξ|≥2\delta|\xi|\ge2, Lemma 6.1(2) gives aδ(x,ξ)=pε(x,Θδ)a_\delta(x,\xi)=p_\varepsilon(x,\Theta_\delta) with (x,Θδ)∉M(x,\Theta_\delta)\notin M: if |x|≤C|x|\le C, then |Θδ|=1/δ≥2C|\Theta_\delta|=1/\delta\ge2C. So aδa_\delta is invertible there, with inverse bδb_\delta bounded. Thus aδa_\delta is uniformly elliptic in S1,00S^0_{1,0}, Fact 1.8 gives uδ∈H∞u_\delta\in H^\infty, and uδu_\delta is smooth. By Lemma 7.3(3) it is a scalar function of |x||x|.

Step 5 (the kernel near infinity). Let K(x,y)K(x,y) be the Schwartz kernel of Op⁡(aδ)\operatorname{Op}(a_\delta). - (a) For |x|>2/δ|x|>2/\delta, aδ(x,ξ)=aδ(x,0)a_\delta(x,\xi)=a_\delta(x,0) for all ξ\xi, so (Op⁡(aδ)u)(x)=aδ(x,0)u(x)(\operatorname{Op}(a_\delta)u)(x)=a_\delta(x,0)u(x); that is, K(x,y)=aδ(x,0)δ(x−y)K(x,y)=a_\delta(x,0)\delta(x-y) there. - (b) Off the diagonal KK is smooth and |∂xβ∂yβ′K(x,y)|≤CN|x−y|−N|\partial_x^\beta\partial_y^{\beta'}K(x,y)|\le C_N|x-y|^{-N} for |x−y|≥1|x-y|\ge1. Indeed (x−y)αK(x-y)^\alpha K is, up to a power of ii, the kernel of Op⁡(∂ξαaδ)\operatorname{Op}(\partial_\xi^\alpha a_\delta), whose symbol has order −|α|-|\alpha|. By Fact 1.6, such a kernel is continuous and rapidly decreasing in x−yx-y when |α|>n|\alpha|>n; derivatives in xx and yy are handled by taking |α||\alpha| larger.

Step 6 (cutting the far part of the kernel). Let 0<γ<δ/40<\gamma<\delta/4. Put Eγ=(Op⁡(aδ)−aδ(x,0))(1−ϕ(γ⋅)),B0=Op⁡(aδ)−Eγ=Op⁡(aδ)ϕ(γ⋅)+aδ(x,0)(1−ϕ(γx)). E_\gamma=\bigl(\operatorname{Op}(a_\delta)-a_\delta(x,0)\bigr)\bigl(1-\phi(\gamma\,\cdot)\bigr),\qquad B_0=\operatorname{Op}(a_\delta)-E_\gamma=\operatorname{Op}(a_\delta)\phi(\gamma\,\cdot)+a_\delta(x,0)\bigl(1-\phi(\gamma x)\bigr). The kernel of EγE_\gamma is kγ(x,y)=(K(x,y)−aδ(x,0)δ(x−y))(1−ϕ(γy))k_\gamma(x,y)=(K(x,y)-a_\delta(x,0)\delta(x-y))(1-\phi(\gamma y)). It vanishes for |x|>2/δ|x|>2/\delta by Step 5(a). If |x|≤2/δ|x|\le2/\delta and 1−ϕ(γy)≠01-\phi(\gamma y)\ne0, then |y|≥1/γ≥2|x||y|\ge1/\gamma\ge2|x|, so |x−y|≥|y|/2≥1|x-y|\ge|y|/2\ge1 and only KK contributes. By Step 5(b), kγk_\gamma is smooth, vanishes unless |x|≤2/δ|x|\le2/\delta and |y|≥1/γ|y|\ge1/\gamma, and satisfies |kγ(x,y)|≤CN⟨y⟩−N|k_\gamma(x,y)|\le C_N\langle y\rangle^{-N}. So ∥Eγ∥≤∥kγ∥L2(ℝ2n)→0\|E_\gamma\|\le\|k_\gamma\|_{L^2(\mathbb R^{2n})}\to0 as γ→0\gamma\to0. By Fact 1.2, for small γ\gamma, B0B_0 is Fredholm of index 11 with kernel of dimension at most 11; so it is surjective with a one-dimensional kernel. B0B_0 satisfies (iv) because ϕ(γ⋅)\phi(\gamma\,\cdot) is radial and aδ(x,0)a_\delta(x,0) satisfies (7.1).

Let uγu_\gamma span ker⁡B0\ker B_0, ∥uγ∥=1\|u_\gamma\|=1, and put v=uγ−(uγ,uδ)uδv=u_\gamma-(u_\gamma,u_\delta)u_\delta. Then vv is orthogonal to ker⁡Op⁡(aδ)\ker\operatorname{Op}(a_\delta), and Op⁡(aδ)v=Op⁡(aδ)uγ=Eγuγ\operatorname{Op}(a_\delta)v=\operatorname{Op}(a_\delta)u_\gamma=E_\gamma u_\gamma. By the lower bound of Fact 1.1 for Op⁡(aδ)\operatorname{Op}(a_\delta) on the orthogonal complement of its kernel, ∥v∥≤C∥Op⁡(aδ)v∥=C∥Eγuγ∥→0\|v\|\le C\|\operatorname{Op}(a_\delta)v\|=C\|E_\gamma u_\gamma\|\to0. So |(uγ,uδ)|→1|(u_\gamma,u_\delta)|\to1. Fix γ\gamma with (uγ,uδ)≠0(u_\gamma,u_\delta)\ne0. Lemma 7.3(4), with w=uδw=u_\delta, shows that uγu_\gamma is invariant.

For |x|>2/δ|x|>2/\delta, Step 5(a) gives (B0u)(x)=aδ(x,0)ϕ(γx)u(x)+aδ(x,0)(1−ϕ(γx))u(x)=aδ(x,0)u(x)(B_0u)(x)=a_\delta(x,0)\phi(\gamma x)u(x)+a_\delta(x,0)(1-\phi(\gamma x))u(x)=a_\delta(x,0)u(x). Here aδ(x,0)=pε(x,0)a_\delta(x,0)=p_\varepsilon(x,0) is invertible, because |x|>2/δ≥4C>C0|x|>2/\delta\ge4C>C_0. So uγu_\gamma vanishes for |x|>2/δ|x|>2/\delta. The principal part of the symbol of B0B_0 is aδ(x,ξ)ϕ(γx)+aδ(x,0)(1−ϕ(γx))=aδ(x,ξ)a_\delta(x,\xi)\phi(\gamma x)+a_\delta(x,0)(1-\phi(\gamma x))=a_\delta(x,\xi) (for |x|≥1/γ|x|\ge1/\gamma both terms equal aδ(x,0)a_\delta(x,0)), and the other terms of the composition have order −1-1 by the composition formula of Fact 1.7. So B0B_0 is uniformly elliptic, uγu_\gamma is smooth by Fact 1.8, and by Lemma 7.3(3) uγu_\gamma is a smooth compactly supported scalar function of |x||x|.

The kernel of B0B_0 is K(x,y)ϕ(γy)+aδ(x,0)(1−ϕ(γx))δ(x−y)K(x,y)\phi(\gamma y)+a_\delta(x,0)(1-\phi(\gamma x))\delta(x-y). For |x|>2/δ|x|>2/\delta it equals aδ(x,0)δ(x−y)a_\delta(x,0)\delta(x-y), so B0(x,ξ)=aδ(x,0)B_0(x,\xi)=a_\delta(x,0) there. For |x|≤2/δ|x|\le2/\delta the second term vanishes and the first is supported in |y|≤2/γ|y|\le2/\gamma. So the kernel of B0B_0 minus B0(x,0)δ(x−y)B_0(x,0)\delta(x-y) is supported in {|x|≤2/δ}×{|y|≤2/γ}\{|x|\le2/\delta\}\times\{|y|\le2/\gamma\}.

Step 7 (normalization at infinity). Put f(x)=(1+ε2(|x|2+ϕ(δx)2/δ2))1/2(|x|2+ϕ(δx)2)−1/2, f(x)=\bigl(1+\varepsilon^2(|x|^2+\phi(\delta x)^2/\delta^2)\bigr)^{1/2}\bigl(|x|^2+\phi(\delta x)^2\bigr)^{-1/2}, a smooth positive radial function (the last factor is finite because ϕ(0)=1\phi(0)=1). For |x|>2/δ|x|>2/\delta, ϕ(δx)=0\phi(\delta x)=0, f(x)=Rε(x,0)/|x|f(x)=R_\varepsilon(x,0)/|x|, and by (5.3) f(x)aδ(x,0)=f(x)pε(x,0)=p(x/|x|)+e∞(x),e∞(x)=−ε2Tε(x,0)2(Λ(x/|x|)−Λ(x/|x|)*), f(x)a_\delta(x,0)=f(x)p_\varepsilon(x,0)=p(x/|x|)+e_\infty(x),\qquad e_\infty(x)=-\varepsilon^2T_\varepsilon(x,0)^2\bigl(\Lambda(x/|x|)-\Lambda(x/|x|)^*\bigr), with ∥e∞(x)∥=ε2/(1+ε2|x|2)≤|x|−2\|e_\infty(x)\|=\varepsilon^2/(1+\varepsilon^2|x|^2)\le|x|^{-2}. Choose θ∈(0,1)\theta\in(0,1) with 1/θ>max⁡(2/δ,2/γ)1/\theta>\max(2/\delta,2/\gamma). For |x|>2/δ|x|>2/\delta put m(x)=ϕ(θx)f(x)aδ(x,0)+(1−ϕ(θx))p(x/|x|)=p(x/|x|)+ϕ(θx)e∞(x). m(x)=\phi(\theta x)f(x)a_\delta(x,0)+(1-\phi(\theta x))p(x/|x|)=p(x/|x|)+\phi(\theta x)e_\infty(x). For |x|≥1/θ|x|\ge1/\theta, ∥ϕ(θx)e∞(x)∥≤θ2<1\|\phi(\theta x)e_\infty(x)\|\le\theta^2<1 and p(x/|x|)p(x/|x|) is unitary, so m(x)m(x) is invertible. Define F(x)=f(x)IF(x)=f(x)I for |x|<1/θ|x|<1/\theta and F(x)=m(x)aδ(x,0)−1F(x)=m(x)a_\delta(x,0)^{-1} for |x|>2/δ|x|>2/\delta. On the overlap 2/δ<|x|<1/θ2/\delta<|x|<1/\theta we have ϕ(θx)=1\phi(\theta x)=1 and m=faδ(⋅,0)m=fa_\delta(\cdot,0), so the two formulas agree there, and FF is smooth. FF is invertible at every point, it satisfies (7.1), and FF, F−1F^{-1} and all derivatives of FF are bounded: for |x|≥2/θ|x|\ge2/\theta, F(x)=p(x/|x|)pε(x,0)−1F(x)=p(x/|x|)p_\varepsilon(x,0)^{-1}. Now set B(x,ξ)=F(x)B0(x,ξ),B(x,D)=FB0. B(x,\xi)=F(x)B_0(x,\xi),\qquad B(x,D)=F\,B_0 . We check (i)–(iv). - (i) For |x|≥2/θ|x|\ge2/\theta, B0(x,ξ)=aδ(x,0)B_0(x,\xi)=a_\delta(x,0) and ϕ(θx)=0\phi(\theta x)=0, so B(x,ξ)=m(x)=p(x/|x|)B(x,\xi)=m(x)=p(x/|x|). - (ii) The kernel of B(x,D)B(x,D) minus B(x,0)δ(x−y)B(x,0)\delta(x-y) is F(x)F(x) times the corresponding kernel of B0B_0. - (iii) ker⁡B(x,D)=ker⁡B0\ker B(x,D)=\ker B_0, spanned by uB=uγu_B=u_\gamma, and B(x,D)B(x,D) is surjective because FF is a bounded bijection of L2⊗ΛoL^2\otimes\Lambda^o. - (iv) holds because FF and B0B_0 are equivariant.

BB is classical: aδa_\delta is exactly homogeneous of degree 00 for δ|ξ|≥2\delta|\xi|\ge2; the composition aδ∘ϕ(γ⋅)a_\delta\circ\phi(\gamma\,\cdot) has the expansion of Fact 1.7, whose terms ∂ξαaδDxαϕ(γx)/α!\partial_\xi^\alpha a_\delta\,D_x^\alpha\phi(\gamma x)/\alpha! are homogeneous of degree −|α|-|\alpha| for large ξ\xi; and multiplication by FF preserves this.

Step 8 (the principal symbol). For |x|<1/θ|x|<1/\theta, F=fF=f and σ0(B)=fσ0(aδ)\sigma_0(B)=f\,\sigma_0(a_\delta). By Lemma 6.1(2), σ0(aδ)(x,ξ)=pε(x,η)\sigma_0(a_\delta)(x,\xi)=p_\varepsilon(x,\eta) with η=ϕ(δx)ξ/(δ|ξ|)\eta=\phi(\delta x)\xi/(\delta|\xi|), and |η|=ϕ(δx)/δ|\eta|=\phi(\delta x)/\delta, so f(x)Tε(x,η)=(|x|2+ϕ(δx)2)−1/2f(x)T_\varepsilon(x,\eta)=(|x|^2+\phi(\delta x)^2)^{-1/2}. With (5.3) this gives σ0(B)=β+e\sigma_0(B)=\beta+e, since ϕ(θx)=1\phi(\theta x)=1 there. For |x|≥1/θ|x|\ge1/\theta, σ0(B)=m(x)=p(x/|x|)+ϕ(θx)e∞(x)\sigma_0(B)=m(x)=p(x/|x|)+\phi(\theta x)e_\infty(x); here ϕ(δx)=0\phi(\delta x)=0, so β=p(x/|x|)\beta=p(x/|x|) and e=ϕ(θx)e∞e=\phi(\theta x)e_\infty. So (7.2) holds everywhere.

Next, β=|w|(|x|2+ϕ(δx)2)−1/2p(w)/|w|\beta=|w|(|x|^2+\phi(\delta x)^2)^{-1/2}\,p(w)/|w| with w=x+iϕ(δx)ξ/(δ|ξ|)w=x+i\phi(\delta x)\xi/(\delta|\xi|); p(w)/|w|p(w)/|w| is unitary by (3.3), and |w|2=|x|2+ϕ(δx)2/δ2≥|x|2+ϕ(δx)2|w|^2=|x|^2+\phi(\delta x)^2/\delta^2\ge|x|^2+\phi(\delta x)^2. So all singular values of β\beta are at least 11. Since ∥Λ(x)−Λ(x)*∥=|x|\|\Lambda(x)-\Lambda(x)^*\|=|x| and Tε≤1T_\varepsilon\le1, ∥e∥≤ε2Tε(x,η)2≤ε2\|e\|\le\varepsilon^2T_\varepsilon(x,\eta)^2\le\varepsilon^2. Then β+te=β(I+tβ−1e)\beta+te=\beta(I+t\beta^{-1}e) with ∥β−1e∥≤ε2<1\|\beta^{-1}e\|\le\varepsilon^2<1, for 0≤t≤10\le t\le1. Finally, for x≠0x\ne0 and |x|<1/θ|x|<1/\theta, ϕ(θx)=1\phi(\theta x)=1, Tε>0T_\varepsilon>0 and Λ(x)−Λ(x)*≠0\Lambda(x)-\Lambda(x)^*\ne0, so e≠0e\ne0. ▫\square

Remark 7.5. The factor ff of Step 7 cancels Tε(x,η)T_\varepsilon(x,\eta) in the first term of (5.3) but not in the second term −ε2Tε3(Λ(x)−Λ(x)*)-\varepsilon^2T_\varepsilon^3(\Lambda(x)-\Lambda(x)^*). In the metric gg that term has lower order (it lies in S(R−2,g)S(R^{-2},g)), but after the truncation it is homogeneous of degree 00 in ξ\xi, so it stays in the classical principal symbol. This does no harm: every later use needs only the invertibility of σ0(B)\sigma_0(B) for ξ≠0\xi\ne0 and its homotopy class, and part (v) gives both. The number θ\theta is small for two reasons: 1/θ1/\theta must exceed 2/δ2/\delta and 2/γ2/\gamma, so that BB is a multiple of B0B_0 wherever B0B_0 is not a multiplication, and θ2<1\theta^2<1, so that mm is invertible.

8. The Bott operator on the sphere

The suspension theorem needs an elliptic operator of index one on a compact manifold. We move the Bott operator to the sphere SnS^n, the one-point compactification of ℝn\mathbb R^n.

Let Sn=ℝn∪{∞}S^n=\mathbb R^n\cup\{\infty\}, with the identity chart on ℝn\mathbb R^n and the chart x↦x/|x|2x\mapsto x/|x|^2 (with ∞↦0\infty\mapsto0) on Sn\{0}S^n\setminus\{0\}. The group O(n)O(n) acts on SnS^n by x↦Oxx\mapsto Ox, fixing 00 and ∞\infty; this commutes with the inversion, so the action is smooth. The metric g‾=|dx|2/(1+|x|2)2\bar g=|dx|^2/(1+|x|^2)^2 is invariant under O(n)O(n) and under the inversion, so it is a smooth metric on SnS^n (the round metric of radius 1/21/2). The length of a covector ξ\xi at xx is |ξ|x=(1+|x|2)|ξ||\xi|_x=(1+|x|^2)|\xi|.

Let EB=Sn×ΛeE_B=S^n\times\Lambda^e. Let FBF_B be the bundle glued from ℝn×Λo\mathbb R^n\times\Lambda^o and (Sn\{0})×Λe(S^n\setminus\{0\})\times\Lambda^e by identifying (x,p(x/|x|)w)(x,p(x/|x|)w) with (x,w)(x,w) for x∈ℝn\{0}x\in\mathbb R^n\setminus\{0\} and w∈Λew\in\Lambda^e. The transition p(x/|x|)p(x/|x|) is smooth and unitary by (3.3), so FBF_B is a smooth Hermitian bundle. We call the two descriptions the first and second trivializations of FBF_B. O(n)O(n) acts on EBE_B and on FBF_B through Λ(O)\Lambda(O) in each description; by (3.4) the two actions agree on the overlap.

Proposition 8.1 (The Bott operator on the sphere). Let BB be as in Theorem 7.4, and choose r1≥2/θr_1\ge2/\theta such that the compactly supported kernel in (ii) vanishes unless |x|,|y|≤r1|x|,|y|\le r_1. There is exactly one operator BS∈Ψcl0(Sn;EB,FB)B_S\in\Psi^0_{\mathrm{cl}}(S^n;E_B,F_B) such that - (a) on ℝn\mathbb R^n, in the first trivialization, BSu=B(x,D)uB_Su=B(x,D)u for every u∈C∞(Sn;EB)u\in C^\infty(S^n;E_B); - (b) on {|x|>r1}∪{∞}\{|x|>r_1\}\cup\{\infty\}, in the second trivialization, BSu=uB_Su=u.

Moreover: - (c) BSB_S is elliptic. Its principal symbol is σ0(B)\sigma_0(B) over ℝn\mathbb R^n and the identity (second trivialization) near ∞\infty. - (d) The kernel of BSB_S, on smooth sections or on any Sobolev space, is spanned by uBu_B (extended by 00 near ∞\infty). BSB_S maps C∞(Sn;EB)C^\infty(S^n;E_B) onto C∞(Sn;FB)C^\infty(S^n;F_B), and ind⁡BS=1\operatorname{ind}B_S=1. - (e) BSB_S commutes with the action of O(n)O(n).

Proof. Write B(x,D)=MB+KBB(x,D)=M_B+K_B, where MBM_B is multiplication by B(x,0)B(x,0) and KB=Op⁡(B(x,ξ)−B(x,0))K_B=\operatorname{Op}(B(x,\xi)-B(x,0)); by (ii), the kernel of KBK_B vanishes unless |x|,|y|≤r1|x|,|y|\le r_1. So KBK_B is a classical operator of order 00 with compactly supported kernel in the chart ℝn\mathbb R^n, and by Fact 1.12 it defines an element of Ψcl0(Sn;EB,FB)\Psi^0_{\mathrm{cl}}(S^n;E_B,F_B) that vanishes near ∞\infty. For |x|≥2/θ|x|\ge2/\theta, B(x,0)=p(x/|x|)B(x,0)=p(x/|x|), which is the identity in the second trivialization. So MBM_B extends to a smooth bundle map on SnS^n, equal to the identity near ∞\infty. Put BS=MB+KBB_S=M_B+K_B. For u∈C∞(Sn;EB)u\in C^\infty(S^n;E_B), u|ℝnu|_{\mathbb R^n} is smooth and bounded, hence tempered, and B(x,D)u=B(x,0)u+KBuB(x,D)u=B(x,0)u+K_Bu; this is (a). For |x|>r1|x|>r_1, KBu(x)=0K_Bu(x)=0, which gives (b). Uniqueness holds because (a) and (b) prescribe BSuB_Su on an open cover.

  1. The principal symbol of KBK_B is σ0(B)−B(x,0)\sigma_0(B)-B(x,0), and that of MBM_B is B(x,0)B(x,0). Ellipticity is Theorem 7.4(v).

  2. If BSu=0B_Su=0 for a distributional section uu, then by (b) u=0u=0 on |x|>r1|x|>r_1. So uu is a compactly supported distribution on ℝn\mathbb R^n, hence in some HsH^s, with B(x,D)u=0B(x,D)u=0. BB is uniformly elliptic in S1,00S^0_{1,0}, so Fact 1.8 gives u∈H∞⊂L2u\in H^\infty\subset L^2, and u∈ℂuBu\in\mathbb Cu_B by (iii). Conversely uB∈Cc∞u_B\in C_c^\infty lies in the kernel. For surjectivity let f∈C∞(Sn;FB)f\in C^\infty(S^n;F_B). Choose a smooth radial χ\chi on SnS^n, equal to 11 for |x|≥r1+2|x|\ge r_1+2 and at ∞\infty, and 00 for |x|≤r1+1|x|\le r_1+1. Let u2u_2 be the section of EBE_B that equals χf\chi f in the second trivialization. It vanishes for |x|≤r1+1|x|\le r_1+1, so KBu2=0K_Bu_2=0 and BSu2=MBu2=χfB_Su_2=M_Bu_2=\chi f. Next, f1=(1−χ)f∈Cc∞(ℝn;Λo)f_1=(1-\chi)f\in C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^n;\Lambda^o). By (iii) there is u1∈L2u_1\in L^2 with B(x,D)u1=f1B(x,D)u_1=f_1. For |x|>r1|x|>r_1, B(x,0)u1(x)=f1(x)B(x,0)u_1(x)=f_1(x), which vanishes for |x|≥r1+2|x|\ge r_1+2, and B(x,0)=p(x/|x|)B(x,0)=p(x/|x|) is invertible there. So u1u_1 has compact support, it is smooth by ellipticity, and BSu1=f1B_Su_1=f_1. Hence BS(u1+u2)=fB_S(u_1+u_2)=f. The index on smooth sections is 1−0=11-0=1, and by Fact 1.11 it equals the index on every Sobolev space.

  3. follows from (iv) and the equivariance of MBM_B and of the transition of FBF_B. ▫\square

Proposition 8.2 (The symbol class). For all large ρ\rho, the maps X↦B(X)X\mapsto B(X) and X↦p(x+iξ)/ρX\mapsto p(x+i\xi)/\rho, from the sphere Σρ={|X|=ρ}⊂ℝ2n\Sigma_\rho=\{|X|=\rho\}\subset\mathbb R^{2n} to the invertible maps Λe→Λo\Lambda^e\to\Lambda^o, are homotopic through continuous maps into the invertible maps.

So away from a compact set the symbol of BB is homotopic to p(x+iξ)p(x+i\xi). The name Bott operator comes from K-theory: on ℝ2n=ℂn\mathbb R^{2n}=\mathbb C^n, the class of the symbol p(x+iξ)p(x+i\xi) is the generator that appears in the Bott periodicity theorem. We do not use that theorem.

Proof. Take ρ>2/θ\rho>2/\theta.

From BB to σ0(B)\sigma_0(B). Where |x|≥2/θ|x|\ge2/\theta both equal p(x/|x|)p(x/|x|) (Theorem 7.4(i), (v)). Where |x|≤2/θ|x|\le2/\theta, |ξ|2≥ρ2−4/θ2|\xi|^2\ge\rho^2-4/\theta^2 is large. BB is classical of order 00 with bounds uniform in xx, so ∥B−σ0(B)∥≤C/|ξ|\|B-\sigma_0(B)\|\le C/|\xi| there, while ∥σ0(B)−1∥≤(1−ε2)−1\|\sigma_0(B)^{-1}\|\le(1-\varepsilon^2)^{-1} by (v). For large ρ\rho the segment from σ0(B)\sigma_0(B) to BB consists of invertible maps.

From σ0(B)\sigma_0(B) to β\beta. Use the segment, which is invertible by (v).

From β\beta to p(x+iξ)/ρp(x+i\xi)/\rho. Write β=c(x)p(x+iλξ)\beta=c(x)\,p(x+i\lambda\xi) with λ=ϕ(δx)/(δ|ξ|)≥0\lambda=\phi(\delta x)/(\delta|\xi|)\ge0 and c(x)=(|x|2+ϕ(δx)2)−1/2>0c(x)=(|x|^2+\phi(\delta x)^2)^{-1/2}>0. For 0≤s≤10\le s\le1 use ((1−s)c(x)+s/ρ)p(x+i((1−s)λ+s)ξ). \bigl((1-s)c(x)+s/\rho\bigr)\,p\bigl(x+i((1-s)\lambda+s)\xi\bigr). The scalar factor is positive. On Σρ\Sigma_\rho, the argument of pp vanishes only if x=0x=0; then |ξ|=ρ|\xi|=\rho and λ=1/(δρ)>0\lambda=1/(\delta\rho)>0, so the imaginary part is not 00. All maps are continuous on Σρ\Sigma_\rho: at points with ξ=0\xi=0 we have |x|=ρ>2/δ|x|=\rho>2/\delta, so ϕ(δx)=0\phi(\delta x)=0 nearby and λξ=0\lambda\xi=0 there. ▫\square

Example 8.3 (Dimension one). Let n=1n=1. Then Λe=ℂ\Lambda^e=\mathbb C, Λo=ℂe1\Lambda^o=\mathbb Ce_1, p(w)=wp(w)=w, and P=x+d/dxP=x+d/dx is the model of Section 2. On Λe=Λ0\Lambda^e=\Lambda^0, Λ(x)−Λ(x)*\Lambda(x)-\Lambda(x)^* is multiplication by xx (into Λ1\Lambda^1), so (5.3) reads pε=(x(1−ε2Tε2)+iξ)Tεp_\varepsilon=\bigl(x(1-\varepsilon^2T_\varepsilon^2)+i\xi\bigr)T_\varepsilon, and by (7.2), with η=ϕ(δx)sgn⁡(ξ)/δ\eta=\phi(\delta x)\operatorname{sgn}(\xi)/\delta, σ0(B)(x,ξ)=x(1−ϕ(θx)ε2Tε(x,η)2)+iϕ(δx)sgn⁡(ξ)/δ(x2+ϕ(δx)2)1/2. \sigma_0(B)(x,\xi)=\frac{x\bigl(1-\phi(\theta x)\varepsilon^2T_\varepsilon(x,\eta)^2\bigr)+i\,\phi(\delta x)\operatorname{sgn}(\xi)/\delta}{(x^2+\phi(\delta x)^2)^{1/2}} . The correction ee rescales the real part by a factor in [1−ε2,1][1-\varepsilon^2,1] and never changes its sign. So it cannot change a winding number, which is the content of Theorem 7.4(v) in this dimension. On a large circle in the (x,ξ)(x,\xi)-plane the symbol x+iξx+i\xi winds once around 00, counterclockwise for the orientation dx∧dξdx\wedge d\xi. By Proposition 8.2, so does BB. This agrees with ind⁡(x+d/dx)=1\operatorname{ind}(x+d/dx)=1. It also agrees with the index formula for systems on Euclidean space mentioned in “Where this leads”: in dimension one it gives the index as (2πi)−1∫|X|=ρda/a(2\pi i)^{-1}\int_{|X|=\rho}da/a for large ρ\rho, and here it serves only as a check.

9. The suspension theorem

We now combine an elliptic symbol on a compact manifold YY with the Bott symbol along the fibres of a Euclidean vector bundle over YY.

Setting. - (S1) YY is a compact smooth manifold, EY,FYE_Y,F_Y are smooth Hermitian vector bundles over YY, and q∈C(T*Y,Hom⁡(πY*EY,πY*FY))q\in C(T^*Y,\operatorname{Hom}(\pi_Y^*E_Y,\pi_Y^*F_Y)) is invertible outside a compact set KqK_q. - (S2) V→YV\to Y is a smooth real vector bundle of rank n≥1n\ge1 with a Euclidean structure. Near each point of YY there is an orthonormal frame; a frame over an open set YkY_k gives V|Yk≅Yk×ℝnV|_{Y_k}\cong Y_k\times\mathbb R^n, and two frames differ by a smooth map gkl:Yk∩Yl→O(n)g_{kl}:Y_k\cap Y_l\to O(n). - (S3) Ṽ\tilde V is the fibrewise one-point compactification: Ṽ|Yk≅Yk×Sn\tilde V|_{Y_k}\cong Y_k\times S^n, glued by (y,s)↦(y,gkl(y)s)(y,s)\mapsto(y,g_{kl}(y)s). Since gkl(y)g_{kl}(y) commutes with the inversion s↦s/|s|2s\mapsto s/|s|^2, this is a smooth structure, and in it v↦v/|v|2v\mapsto v/|v|^2 extends to a diffeomorphism of Ṽ\V0\tilde V\setminus V^0 onto VV (V0V^0 is the zero section). Ṽ\tilde V is compact of dimension dim⁡Y+n\dim Y+n, and π:Ṽ→Y\pi:\tilde V\to Y is a submersion. - (S4) ẼB=π*Λe(Vℂ)\tilde E_B=\pi^*\Lambda^e(V_{\mathbb C}). F̃B\tilde F_B is glued from π*Λo(Vℂ)\pi^*\Lambda^o(V_{\mathbb C}) over VV and π*Λe(Vℂ)\pi^*\Lambda^e(V_{\mathbb C}) over Ṽ\V0\tilde V\setminus V^0, identifying (v,p(v/|v|)w)(v,p(v/|v|)w) with (v,w)(v,w). In a frame, ẼB|Yk≅Yk×EB\tilde E_B|_{Y_k}\cong Y_k\times E_B and F̃B|Yk≅Yk×FB\tilde F_B|_{Y_k}\cong Y_k\times F_B, glued by Λ(gkl)\Lambda(g_{kl}); this is well defined by the equivariance in Section 8. ẼY=π*EY\tilde E_Y=\pi^*E_Y and F̃Y=π*FY\tilde F_Y=\pi^*F_Y. - (S5) For (t,τ)∈T*Ṽ(t,\tau)\in T^*\tilde V with t∈Vt\in V, let x=t∈Vπtx=t\in V_{\pi t}, and let ξ\xi be the restriction of τ\tau to the tangent space of the fibre at tt, which is VπtV_{\pi t}; we identify ξ\xi with a vector by the Euclidean structure. ϕ,ψ\phi,\psi are real continuous functions of |x||x| with ψ>0\psi>0, ϕ(0)=ψ(0)=1\phi(0)=\psi(0)=1, and ϕ(x)=0\phi(x)=0, ψ(x)=1/|x|\psi(x)=1/|x| for |x|≥r*|x|\ge r_*. (Real values are used in Theorem 9.2(1): if ϕ(x)=ic\phi(x)=ic with c≠0c\ne0 real at some x≠0x\ne0, then x+iξϕ(x)=0x+i\xi\phi(x)=0 at ξ=x/c\xi=x/c, and the diagonal entries of (9.2) are not invertible there.) Finally q̃∈C(T*Ṽ,Hom⁡(πṼ*ẼY,πṼ*F̃Y))\tilde q\in C(T^*\tilde V,\operatorname{Hom}(\pi_{\tilde V}^*\tilde E_Y,\pi_{\tilde V}^*\tilde F_Y)) satisfies q̃(t,π*η)=q(πt,η)(t∈Ṽ,η∈Tπt*Y).(9.1) \tilde q(t,\pi^*\eta)=q(\pi t,\eta)\qquad(t\in\tilde V,\ \eta\in T^*_{\pi t}Y). \tag{9.1}

Such q̃\tilde q exist. Take smooth real functions ωk\omega_k with ∑kωk4=1\sum_k\omega_k^4=1 on YY and supp⁡ωk⊂Yk\operatorname{supp}\omega_k\subset Y_k, and let hk(t,τ)∈Tπt*Yh_k(t,\tau)\in T^*_{\pi t}Y be the restriction of τ\tau to the horizontal space of frame kk (the tangent space of Yk×{s}Y_k\times\{s\}, which dπd\pi maps isomorphically onto TπtYT_{\pi t}Y). Then q̃std(t,τ)=∑kωk(πt)4q(πt,hk(t,τ)) \tilde q_{\mathrm{std}}(t,\tau)=\sum_k\omega_k(\pi t)^4\,q\bigl(\pi t,h_k(t,\tau)\bigr) is continuous and satisfies (9.1), because π*η\pi^*\eta restricts to η\eta on every horizontal space.

Define d(t,τ)=(ψ(x)p(x+iξϕ(x))⊗I−I⊗q̃(t,τ)*I⊗q̃(t,τ)ψ(x)p(x+iξϕ(x))*⊗I)(9.2) d(t,\tau)=\begin{pmatrix}\psi(x)p(x+i\xi\phi(x))\otimes I&-I\otimes\tilde q(t,\tau)^*\\ I\otimes\tilde q(t,\tau)&\psi(x)p(x+i\xi\phi(x))^*\otimes I\end{pmatrix} \tag{9.2} from π*(ẼB⊗ẼY⊕F̃B⊗F̃Y)\pi^*(\tilde E_B\otimes\tilde E_Y\oplus\tilde F_B\otimes\tilde F_Y) to π*(F̃B⊗ẼY⊕ẼB⊗F̃Y)\pi^*(\tilde F_B\otimes\tilde E_Y\oplus\tilde E_B\otimes\tilde F_Y). Where |x|≥r*|x|\ge r_*, the diagonal entries are p(x/|x|)p(x/|x|) and p(x/|x|)*p(x/|x|)^*, which are the identity in the second trivialization of F̃B\tilde F_B; this defines dd at the section at infinity.

Lemma 9.1 (Block lemma). Let A1:E1→F1A_1:E_1\to F_1 and A2:E2→F2A_2:E_2\to F_2 be linear maps of finite-dimensional Hermitian spaces, and let d(A1,A2)d(A_1,A_2) be the block matrix of (9.2) with A1A_1 in place of ψp\psi p and A2A_2 in place of q̃\tilde q. Then d*dd^*d and dd*dd^* are block diagonal with blocks A1*A1⊗I+I⊗A2*A2A_1^*A_1\otimes I+I\otimes A_2^*A_2, A1A1*⊗I+I⊗A2A2*A_1A_1^*\otimes I+I\otimes A_2A_2^* and A1A1*⊗I+I⊗A2*A2A_1A_1^*\otimes I+I\otimes A_2^*A_2, A1*A1⊗I+I⊗A2A2*A_1^*A_1\otimes I+I\otimes A_2A_2^*. If A1A_1 or A2A_2 is invertible, all four blocks are positive definite and d(A1,A2)d(A_1,A_2) is invertible.

Proof. Multiply out. The off-diagonal blocks cancel, because operators acting on different tensor factors commute; for instance the lower left block of d*dd^*d is −A1⊗A2+A1⊗A2=0-A_1\otimes A_2+A_1\otimes A_2=0. If A1A_1 is invertible, then A1*A1A_1^*A_1 and A1A1*A_1A_1^* are positive definite; the other term of each block is positive semidefinite, so every block is positive definite. The same holds if A2A_2 is invertible. Then d*dd^*d and dd*dd^* are invertible, so dd is injective and surjective. This is the pointwise algebra behind Fact 1.16. ▫\square

Theorem 9.2 (The suspension theorem). Assume (S1)–(S5). 1. dd is continuous on T*ṼT^*\tilde V and invertible outside a compact set. 2. s-ind⁡d\operatorname{s-ind}d does not depend on the choice of q̃\tilde q satisfying (9.1), nor on ϕ,ψ\phi,\psi as in (S5), and it depends on qq only through its homotopy class. 3. s-ind⁡d=s-ind⁡q.(9.3) \operatorname{s-ind}d=\operatorname{s-ind}q . \tag{9.3}

Proof of (1) and (2). (1) Continuity is clear away from the section at infinity; near it the diagonal entries are the identity in the second trivialization and q̃\tilde q is continuous. If x≠0x\ne0 or ξ≠0\xi\ne0, then ψ(x)p(x+iξϕ(x))\psi(x)p(x+i\xi\phi(x)) is invertible: ψ>0\psi>0, and x+iξϕ(x)=0x+i\xi\phi(x)=0 forces x=0x=0 and then ξ=ξϕ(0)=0\xi=\xi\phi(0)=0. At infinity the diagonal is the identity. The remaining points have t∈V0t\in V^0 and ξ=0\xi=0. Then τ\tau vanishes on the vertical space, which is the kernel of the surjection dπtd\pi_t, so τ=π*η\tau=\pi^*\eta, and q̃(t,τ)=q(πt,η)\tilde q(t,\tau)=q(\pi t,\eta). By Lemma 9.1, dd is invertible outside {(0y,π*η):(y,η)∈Kq}\{(0_y,\pi^*\eta):(y,\eta)\in K_q\}, which is compact.

  1. If q̃0,q̃1\tilde q_0,\tilde q_1 both satisfy (9.1), so does (1−s)q̃0+sq̃1(1-s)\tilde q_0+s\tilde q_1, and the corresponding dsd_s are invertible outside the same compact set. By homotopy invariance (Fact 1.13(a)) they have the same symbol index. Convex combinations of admissible pairs (ϕ,ψ)(\phi,\psi) are admissible (with the larger r*r_*), and the same argument applies. If qsq_s is a homotopy of symbols invertible outside one compact set, then q̃s=∑kωk4qs(⋅,hk)\tilde q_s=\sum_k\omega_k^4q_s(\cdot,h_k) is continuous in ss and satisfies (9.1), so s-ind⁡d\operatorname{s-ind}d is unchanged. ▫\square

Part (3) is proved in Section 10.

Example 9.3 (The condition ϕ(0)≠0\phi(0)\ne0 is necessary). Let YY be a point, EY=FY=ℂE_Y=F_Y=\mathbb C and q=0q=0. Then T*YT^*Y is a point, so qq is invertible outside a compact set, and s-ind⁡q=0\operatorname{s-ind}q=0. Here Ṽ=Sn\tilde V=S^n, and (9.1) only fixes q̃\tilde q on the zero section, so q̃=0\tilde q=0 is allowed. With ϕ(0)=1\phi(0)=1, d=diag⁡(ψp(x+iξϕ),ψp(x+iξϕ)*)d=\operatorname{diag}(\psi p(x+i\xi\phi),\psi p(x+i\xi\phi)^*) is invertible except at x=ξ=0x=\xi=0. If instead ϕ(0)=0\phi(0)=0, then at x=0x=0 the diagonal entries vanish for every ξ\xi, so d(0,ξ)=0d(0,\xi)=0 on an unbounded set and s-ind⁡d\operatorname{s-ind}d is not defined.

10. Proof of the suspension theorem

We prove (9.3). We realize a symbol homotopic to dd by an operator DD whose kernel and cokernel we can compute exactly. DD combines an operator along the fibres, built from the Bott operator, with a lift of an operator on YY. Neither part is a pseudodifferential operator on Ṽ\tilde V, so DD is reached as a norm limit of genuine ones, as in the proof of the product formula (Fact 1.16).

Step 0 (the full comparison with the original symbol). Keep the original symbol qorigq^{\mathrm{orig}} and the original block dorigd^{\mathrm{orig}} from (S1)–(S5). Section 16 gives the complete families linking them to the degree-two symbol used in the operator construction, and proves the exact receiving equalities (BQ6). In Steps 1–7 below the shorter letter qq denotes that specified degree-two symbol; the original remains explicit in (BQ1)–(BQ6). First let every component of YY have positive dimension; zero-dimensional components are treated in Corollary 10.1. By Fact 1.13(d), qq is homotopic to a symbol that is homogeneous of degree 11, smooth and invertible off the zero section. Multiply it by (1−s)+shY(η)(1-s)+s\,h_Y(\eta), where hYh_Y is the length for a Riemannian metric on YY. This is a homotopy through symbols invertible off the zero section, and it ends at a symbol homogeneous of degree 22. So from now on qq is homogeneous of degree 22, smooth and invertible on T*Y\0T^*Y\setminus0. We take q̃=q̃std\tilde q=\tilde q_{\mathrm{std}}, and in dd we take the cutoff ϕ(δ⋅)\phi(\delta\,\cdot), with δ\delta from Theorem 7.4; both choices are allowed by Theorem 9.2(2).

Step 1 (an operator of order two on the fibre). Let ΔS≥0\Delta_S\ge0 be the Laplace–Beltrami operator of g‾\bar g on SnS^n, acting on each component of sections of the trivial bundle EBE_B, and let A=ΔS+1A=\Delta_S+1. It is an elliptic differential operator of order 22 with principal symbol |ξ|x2I|\xi|_x^2I. With the Riemannian volume dVdV of g‾\bar g, Green’s formula (Fact 1.17) gives (Au,u)=∥du∥2+∥u∥2(Au,u)=\|du\|^2+\|u\|^2 for smooth uu. So AA is formally self-adjoint and injective on smooth sections. By Fact 1.11 a formally self-adjoint elliptic operator has index 00; hence AA is a bijection of smooth sections and an isomorphism Hs→Hs−2H^s\to H^{s-2} for every ss. AA commutes with the action of O(n)O(n), which acts by isometries and by the constant matrices Λ(O)\Lambda(O). Put B2=BSA:C∞(Sn;EB)→C∞(Sn;FB).(10.1) B_2=B_SA:\ C^\infty(S^n;E_B)\to C^\infty(S^n;F_B). \tag{10.1} B2B_2 is elliptic of order 22 with principal symbol |ξ|x2σ0(BS)|\xi|_x^2\sigma_0(B_S). It is surjective, because AA is bijective and BSB_S is surjective (Proposition 8.1(d)). Its kernel is spanned by u1=A−1uBu_1=A^{-1}u_B, and it commutes with O(n)O(n). The section u1u_1 is smooth and invariant, hence a scalar function of |x||x| by Lemma 7.3(3). Since B2B_2 is surjective, its formal adjoint B2*B_2^* (for dVdV and the Hermitian metrics) is injective on smooth sections.

We use an operator of order two because it is easy to make invariant and invertible. A first-order operator with principal symbol |ξ|x|\xi|_x that commutes with O(n)O(n) would need an invariant square root of an elliptic operator. The only cost of order two is that qq is taken homogeneous of degree 22 in Step 0.

Step 2 (the fibre operator on Ṽ\tilde V). Use the fibre volume dVdV to identify fibre half-densities with fibre functions; then ΩṼ1/2≅π*ΩY1/2\Omega^{1/2}_{\tilde V}\cong\pi^*\Omega^{1/2}_Y. Over YkY_k, a section of ẼB⊗ẼY⊗ΩṼ1/2\tilde E_B\otimes\tilde E_Y\otimes\Omega^{1/2}_{\tilde V} is a function of (y,s)∈Yk×Sn(y,s)\in Y_k\times S^n with values in Λe⊗(EY⊗ΩY1/2)y\Lambda^e\otimes(E_Y\otimes\Omega^{1/2}_Y)_y. Let B̂\hat B act by B2B_2 in ss, with yy as a parameter. A change of frame acts by gkl(y)∈O(n)g_{kl}(y)\in O(n), which commutes with B2B_2; so B̂\hat B is well defined on Ṽ\tilde V. The same holds with FYF_Y in place of EYE_Y, and for B̂*\hat B^*, which acts by B2*B_2^*.

Step 3 (lifting QQ). Let each YkY_k be a coordinate chart over which EY,FYE_Y,F_Y are trivial and VV has an orthonormal frame, with ωk\omega_k as in (S5). Let Q∈Ψcl2(Y;EY⊗ΩY1/2,FY⊗ΩY1/2)Q\in\Psi^2_{\mathrm{cl}}(Y;E_Y\otimes\Omega_Y^{1/2},F_Y\otimes\Omega_Y^{1/2}) have principal symbol qq (Fact 1.12). In frame kk, let Q̃k\tilde Q_k act by ωk2Qωk2\omega_k^2Q\omega_k^2 in yy, with ss as a parameter. Put Q̃=∑kQ̃k\tilde Q=\sum_k\tilde Q_k, from sections of ẼB⊗ẼY⊗Ω1/2\tilde E_B\otimes\tilde E_Y\otimes\Omega^{1/2} to sections of ẼB⊗F̃Y⊗Ω1/2\tilde E_B\otimes\tilde F_Y\otimes\Omega^{1/2}, and define Q̃1\tilde Q_1 on F̃B⊗ẼY⊗Ω1/2\tilde F_B\otimes\tilde E_Y\otimes\Omega^{1/2} in the same way. Put Q0=∑kωk2Qωk2Q_0=\sum_k\omega_k^2Q\omega_k^2; its principal symbol is qq. - (a) If ff is a smooth function on Ṽ\tilde V that depends only on |x||x| (so it is the same in every frame) and v∈C∞(Y;EY⊗Ω1/2)v\in C^\infty(Y;E_Y\otimes\Omega^{1/2}), then Q̃(f⊗π*v)=f⊗π*(Q0v).(10.2) \tilde Q(f\otimes\pi^*v)=f\otimes\pi^*(Q_0v). \tag{10.2} - (b) On smooth sections, Q̃1B̂=B̂Q̃,B̂*Q̃1=Q̃B̂*.(10.3) \tilde Q_1\hat B=\hat B\tilde Q,\qquad \hat B^*\tilde Q_1=\tilde Q\hat B^* . \tag{10.3} - (c) In frame kk, Q̃*=∑kωk2Q*ωk2\tilde Q^*=\sum_k\omega_k^2Q^*\omega_k^2 acting in yy, with Q*Q^* the geometric adjoint on YY; similarly for Q̃1*\tilde Q_1^*.

Proof of (a)–(c). (a) In frame kk, Q̃k\tilde Q_k acts in yy only, and ff depends only on ss. (b) In frame kk, B̂\hat B acts in ss and Q̃k\tilde Q_k in yy. Operators acting in different factors of Yk×SnY_k\times S^n commute on smooth sections: they commute on finite sums of separated sections, which are dense in the smooth topology, and both are continuous there. (This is the density argument used for products in Symbols, finite defects, and the index on a closed manifold.) Sum over kk. (c) In frame kk the L2L^2 pairing is the product of the pairing on YkY_k and the pairing on (Sn,dV)(S^n,dV), with the Hermitian metric of Λe\Lambda^e, which does not depend on the frame. Fubini’s theorem gives the adjoint.

Step 4 (the operator DD and its approximations). Let D=(B̂−Q̃1*Q̃B̂*)(10.4) D=\begin{pmatrix}\hat B&-\tilde Q_1^*\\ \tilde Q&\hat B^*\end{pmatrix} \tag{10.4} from sections of (ẼB⊗ẼY⊕F̃B⊗F̃Y)⊗Ω1/2(\tilde E_B\otimes\tilde E_Y\oplus\tilde F_B\otimes\tilde F_Y)\otimes\Omega^{1/2} to sections of (F̃B⊗ẼY⊕ẼB⊗F̃Y)⊗Ω1/2(\tilde F_B\otimes\tilde E_Y\oplus\tilde E_B\otimes\tilde F_Y)\otimes\Omega^{1/2}. Let dlim=(b⊗I−I⊗q̃*I⊗q̃b*⊗I),b(t,τ)=|ξ|x2σ0(BS)(t,ξ),q̃=q̃std.(10.5) d_{\lim}=\begin{pmatrix}b\otimes I&-I\otimes\tilde q^*\\ I\otimes\tilde q&b^*\otimes I\end{pmatrix},\qquad b(t,\tau)=|\xi|_x^2\,\sigma_0(B_S)(t,\xi),\quad\tilde q=\tilde q_{\mathrm{std}} . \tag{10.5} It is continuous, homogeneous of degree 22 in τ\tau, and invertible on T*Ṽ\0T^*\tilde V\setminus0: if ξ≠0\xi\ne0, bb is invertible by Proposition 8.1(c); if ξ=0\xi=0 and τ≠0\tau\ne0, then τ=π*η\tau=\pi^*\eta with η≠0\eta\ne0 and q̃(t,τ)=q(πt,η)\tilde q(t,\tau)=q(\pi t,\eta) is invertible; now use Lemma 9.1.

Claim. There are Dϵ∈Ψcl2(Ṽ)D_\epsilon\in\Psi^2_{\mathrm{cl}}(\tilde V) with ∥Dϵ−D∥Hs→Hs−2≤Csϵ2\|D_\epsilon-D\|_{H^s\to H^{s-2}}\le C_s\epsilon^2 for every real ss, whose principal symbols converge to dlimd_{\lim} uniformly on the unit cosphere bundle.

Construction. We follow the proof of the product formula (Fact 1.16), with the product X×YX\times Y replaced by the local products Yk×SnY_k\times S^n. Choose real functions χa\chi_a on SnS^n with ∑aχa4=1\sum_a\chi_a^4=1, such that each supp⁡χa\operatorname{supp}\chi_a lies in ℝn\mathbb R^n or in Sn\{0}S^n\setminus\{0\} (so FBF_B is trivial over it), and each union supp⁡χa∪supp⁡χb\operatorname{supp}\chi_a\cup\operatorname{supp}\chi_b misses some point pabp_{ab} (small supports do this, since n≥1n\ge1). In frame kk, B̂=∑k,a,bωk4χa4B2χb4,Q̃=∑k,a(ωk2Qωk2)χa4. \hat B=\sum_{k,a,b}\omega_k^4\,\chi_a^4B_2\chi_b^4,\qquad \tilde Q=\sum_{k,a}(\omega_k^2Q\omega_k^2)\,\chi_a^4 . Editorial completion of the bundle frame in these charts. The target bundle FBF_B is trivial on each punctured sphere Sn\{pab}S^n\setminus\{p_{ab}\}, with a smooth frame that can be constructed as follows. If pab=0p_{ab}=0, use its original second trivialization; if pab=∞p_{ab}=\infty, use its original first trivialization. Otherwise identify the punctured sphere with ℝn\mathbb R^n by the chosen stereographic coordinate ww, and let w0w_0 be the coordinate of the original point 00. Choose a bounded open ball U0U_0 around w0w_0, with closure in the original first-trivialization chart, and set K0={w0}K_0=\{w_0\}, V0=ℝn\K0V_0=\mathbb R^n\setminus K_0. The first frame is defined on U0U_0, and the second on all of V0V_0. Let aab(w)a_{ab}(w) be their actual smooth invertible coordinate transition on U0\K0U_0\setminus K_0, so a target vector has second coordinate v=aabuv=a_{ab}u. The matrix-extension theorem in Changing an interior frame to extend an invertible matrix, (M1)–(M3), supplies smooth invertible matrices A0A_0 on U0U_0 and A∞A_\infty on V0V_0, with A∞=aabA0A_\infty=a_{ab}A_0 on the overlap. Their columns therefore define the same frame in both original bundle charts. This proves a global smooth frame on the punctured sphere, with a smooth inverse, without assuming a separate bundle-triviality theorem. The domain bundle EBE_B already has its original global frame. These frames depend only on the sphere variable; in a fixed base frame they preserve the partial-operator form. The compact kernel cutoffs in the next paragraph keep all needed matrix and inverse derivatives bounded. No global bound near the omitted point is used.

Apply Fact 1.15 with m=2m=2 to each term. Then multiply the approximants on both sides by fixed cutoffs that equal one near the supports of the exact terms, so that the exact terms are unchanged and the approximants have compact kernel support in their product chart; by Fact 1.12 they define elements of Ψcl2(Ṽ)\Psi^2_{\mathrm{cl}}(\tilde V). The adjoint entries are treated the same way, using ωk2Q*ωk2\omega_k^2Q^*\omega_k^2 and B2*B_2^*. There are finitely many terms, so the operator estimate of Fact 1.15 gives the norm bound. By the symbol estimate of Fact 1.15, the leading symbols converge uniformly on the total cosphere bundle to the partial leading symbols, extended constantly in the other frequency. For the fibre terms the limit is ∑k,a,bωk4χa4χb4|ξ|x2σ0(BS)=b\sum_{k,a,b}\omega_k^4\chi_a^4\chi_b^4\,|\xi|_x^2\sigma_0(B_S)=b, because the fibre frequency in every product chart is the restriction ξ\xi of τ\tau to the fibre. For the base terms it is ∑k,aωk4χa4q(πt,hk(t,τ))=q̃std\sum_{k,a}\omega_k^4\chi_a^4q(\pi t,h_k(t,\tau))=\tilde q_{\mathrm{std}}, because in the chart of frame kk the base frequency of τ\tau is hk(t,τ)h_k(t,\tau).

Step 5 (Fredholm property and index). Fact 1.14 applies to Dϵ→DD_\epsilon\to D, with DD from (10.4) and limiting symbol dlimd_{\lim} from (10.5). So D:Hs→Hs−2D:H^s\to H^{s-2} is Fredholm for every ss, the kernels of DD and of its geometric adjoint D*D^* consist of smooth sections and do not depend on ss, and ind⁡D=s-ind⁡dlim.(10.6) \operatorname{ind}D=\operatorname{s-ind}d_{\lim}. \tag{10.6}

Step 6 (kernel and cokernel). Here D*=(B̂*Q̃*−Q̃1B̂)D^*=\begin{pmatrix}\hat B^*&\tilde Q^*\\-\tilde Q_1&\hat B\end{pmatrix}. By (10.3), D*D=(B̂*B̂+Q̃*Q̃00B̂B̂*+Q̃1Q̃1*),DD*=(B̂B̂*+Q̃1*Q̃100B̂*B̂+Q̃Q̃*). D^*D=\begin{pmatrix}\hat B^*\hat B+\tilde Q^*\tilde Q&0\\0&\hat B\hat B^*+\tilde Q_1\tilde Q_1^*\end{pmatrix},\qquad DD^*=\begin{pmatrix}\hat B\hat B^*+\tilde Q_1^*\tilde Q_1&0\\0&\hat B^*\hat B+\tilde Q\tilde Q^*\end{pmatrix}. For example the lower left entry of D*DD^*D is B̂Q̃−Q̃1B̂=0\hat B\tilde Q-\tilde Q_1\hat B=0, and the lower left entry of DD*DD^* is Q̃B̂*−B̂*Q̃1=0\tilde Q\hat B^*-\hat B^*\tilde Q_1=0; the upper right entries are their adjoints. For smooth ww, (D*Dw,w)=∥Dw∥2(D^*Dw,w)=\|Dw\|^2, so ker⁡D=ker⁡D*D\ker D=\ker D^*D, and likewise for D*D^*. Each diagonal block is a sum of two nonnegative terms, so ker⁡D=(ker⁡B̂∩ker⁡Q̃)⊕(ker⁡B̂*∩ker⁡Q̃1*),ker⁡D*=(ker⁡B̂*∩ker⁡Q̃1)⊕(ker⁡B̂∩ker⁡Q̃*). \ker D=(\ker\hat B\cap\ker\tilde Q)\oplus(\ker\hat B^*\cap\ker\tilde Q_1^*),\qquad \ker D^*=(\ker\hat B^*\cap\ker\tilde Q_1)\oplus(\ker\hat B\cap\ker\tilde Q^*). B̂*\hat B^* is injective on smooth sections, because B2*B_2^* is injective on each fibre. So the second summand of ker⁡D\ker D and the first of ker⁡D*\ker D^* vanish.

A smooth uu with B̂u=0\hat Bu=0 restricts on each fibre to an element of ker⁡B2⊗(EY⊗Ω1/2)y\ker B_2\otimes(E_Y\otimes\Omega^{1/2})_y. So u=u1⊗π*vu=u_1\otimes\pi^*v with v(y)=∥u1∥−2∫Ṽyu1¯u(y,⋅)dVv(y)=\|u_1\|^{-2}\int_{\tilde V_y}\overline{u_1}\,u(y,\cdot)\,dV, which is smooth. By (10.2), Q̃(u1⊗π*v)=u1⊗π*Q0v\tilde Q(u_1\otimes\pi^*v)=u_1\otimes\pi^*Q_0v. Hence v↦(u1⊗π*v,0)v\mapsto(u_1\otimes\pi^*v,0) is an isomorphism of ker⁡Q0\ker Q_0 onto ker⁡D\ker D.

Next let g=u1⊗π*vg=u_1\otimes\pi^*v with v∈C∞(Y;FY⊗Ω1/2)v\in C^\infty(Y;F_Y\otimes\Omega^{1/2}). We need to know when Q̃*g=0\tilde Q^*g=0, that is, when (g,Q̃w)=0(g,\tilde Qw)=0 for all smooth ww. Q̃\tilde Q preserves the fibre degree and gg has degree 00, so it suffices to take ww of degree 00. For a section hh of degree 00 put I(h)(y)=∫Ṽyu1(s)¯h(y,s)dV(s)I(h)(y)=\int_{\tilde V_y}\overline{u_1(s)}\,h(y,s)\,dV(s). Then (g,h)=(v,I(h))Y(g,h)=(v,I(h))_Y, and I(Q̃w)=Q0I(w)I(\tilde Qw)=Q_0I(w): in frame kk, ωk2Qωk2\omega_k^2Q\omega_k^2 acts in yy and is continuous on smooth sections, so it commutes with the integral in ss. As ww runs over sections of degree 00, I(w)I(w) runs over all of C∞(Y;EY⊗Ω1/2)C^\infty(Y;E_Y\otimes\Omega^{1/2}) (take w=∥u1∥−2u1⊗π*zw=\|u_1\|^{-2}u_1\otimes\pi^*z). So Q̃*g=0\tilde Q^*g=0 if and only if (v,Q0z)=0(v,Q_0z)=0 for all zz, that is, Q0*v=0Q_0^*v=0. Hence ker⁡D*≅ker⁡Q0*\ker D^*\cong\ker Q_0^*. By Fact 1.14, ind⁡D=dim⁡ker⁡D−dim⁡ker⁡D*\operatorname{ind}D=\dim\ker D-\dim\ker D^*; by Fact 1.11, dim⁡ker⁡Q0−dim⁡ker⁡Q0*=ind⁡Q0\dim\ker Q_0-\dim\ker Q_0^*=\operatorname{ind}Q_0; and ind⁡Q0=s-ind⁡q\operatorname{ind}Q_0=\operatorname{s-ind}q by Fact 1.13(b), since Q0Q_0 has principal symbol qq. So ind⁡D=dim⁡ker⁡Q0−dim⁡ker⁡Q0*=ind⁡Q0=s-ind⁡q.(10.7) \operatorname{ind}D=\dim\ker Q_0-\dim\ker Q_0^*=\operatorname{ind}Q_0=\operatorname{s-ind}q . \tag{10.7}

Step 7 (from dlimd_{\lim} to dd). It remains to show s-ind⁡dlim=s-ind⁡d\operatorname{s-ind}d_{\lim}=\operatorname{s-ind}d. We deform the diagonal entries and keep q̃std\tilde q_{\mathrm{std}}. By Lemma 9.1 each intermediate symbol is invertible where ξ≠0\xi\ne0, and where ξ=0\xi=0, τ≠0\tau\ne0 it is invertible because of q̃\tilde q. So each family below is invertible off the zero section, which is compact, and only continuity has to be checked.

  1. From b=|ξ|x2(β+e)b=|\xi|_x^2(\beta+e) to |ξ|x2β|\xi|_x^2\beta along |ξ|x2(β+(1−t)e)|\xi|_x^2(\beta+(1-t)e): invertible for ξ≠0\xi\ne0 by Theorem 7.4(v), continuous, and 00 at ξ=0\xi=0.

  2. From |ξ|x2β|\xi|_x^2\beta to ψ(x)p(x+iϕ(δx)ξ)\psi(x)p(x+i\phi(\delta x)\xi) along Hλ=(λψ(x)+(1−λ)(|x|2+ϕ(δx)2)−1/2)p(aλx+icλϕ(δx)ξ),aλ=(1−λ)|ξ|x2+λ,cλ=(1−λ)|ξ|x2δ|ξ|+λ.(10.8) H_\lambda=\bigl(\lambda\psi(x)+(1-\lambda)(|x|^2+\phi(\delta x)^2)^{-1/2}\bigr)\,p\bigl(a_\lambda x+ic_\lambda\phi(\delta x)\xi\bigr), \qquad a_\lambda=(1-\lambda)|\xi|_x^2+\lambda,\quad c_\lambda=\frac{(1-\lambda)|\xi|_x^2}{\delta|\xi|}+\lambda . \tag{10.8} At λ=0\lambda=0, real-linearity of pp gives H0=|ξ|x2βH_0=|\xi|_x^2\beta; at λ=1\lambda=1, H1=ψ(x)p(x+iϕ(δx)ξ)H_1=\psi(x)p(x+i\phi(\delta x)\xi). For ξ≠0\xi\ne0, aλ,cλ>0a_\lambda,c_\lambda>0: the argument of pp vanishes only if x=0x=0, and then its imaginary part is cλξ≠0c_\lambda\xi\ne0 because ϕ(0)=1\phi(0)=1; the scalar factor is positive. HλH_\lambda is continuous at ξ=0\xi=0 because |ξ|x2/|ξ|=(1+|x|2)2|ξ|→0|\xi|_x^2/|\xi|=(1+|x|^2)^2|\xi|\to0. Near the section at infinity, ϕ(δx)=0\phi(\delta x)=0 and ψ(x)=1/|x|\psi(x)=1/|x|, so Hλ=aλp(x/|x|)H_\lambda=a_\lambda p(x/|x|), which is aλa_\lambda times the identity in the second trivialization; and aλa_\lambda is continuous on T*ṼT^*\tilde V.

  3. The lower right entries are deformed by the adjoint families.

So s-ind⁡dlim=s-ind⁡d\operatorname{s-ind}d_{\lim}=\operatorname{s-ind}d, with dd formed from ϕ(δ⋅)\phi(\delta\,\cdot), ψ\psi and q̃std\tilde q_{\mathrm{std}}, and by Theorem 9.2(2) this is s-ind⁡d\operatorname{s-ind}d for every admissible choice. With (10.6) and (10.7), s-ind⁡d=s-ind⁡q\operatorname{s-ind}d=\operatorname{s-ind}q. ▫\square

Corollary 10.1 (The Bott symbol has index one; zero-dimensional bases). 1. Let βS(x,ξ)=ψ(x)p(x+iξϕ(x))\beta_S(x,\xi)=\psi(x)p(x+i\xi\phi(x)) on T*SnT^*S^n, a continuous symbol from EBE_B to FBF_B that is the identity near ∞\infty in the second trivialization and invertible except at x=ξ=0x=\xi=0. Then s-ind⁡βS=1\operatorname{s-ind}\beta_S=1. 2. Theorem 9.2(3) also holds when YY has zero-dimensional components.

Proof. (1) For B2B_2 of (10.1), ind⁡B2=ind⁡BS+ind⁡A=1\operatorname{ind}B_2=\operatorname{ind}B_S+\operatorname{ind}A=1 by Fact 1.3, so the principal symbol |ξ|x2σ0(BS)|\xi|_x^2\sigma_0(B_S) has symbol index 11 by Fact 1.13(b). Steps 7(a)–(b), without the block with q̃\tilde q, deform it to ψ(x)p(x+iξϕ(δx))\psi(x)p(x+i\xi\phi(\delta x)) through symbols that are invertible off the zero section of T*SnT^*S^n, a compact set. The convex combination of ϕ(δ⋅)\phi(\delta\,\cdot) and ϕ\phi is invertible except at x=ξ=0x=\xi=0. So s-ind⁡βS=1\operatorname{s-ind}\beta_S=1. (This is the case of Theorem 9.2 with YY a point, EY=ℂE_Y=\mathbb C, FY=0F_Y=0.)

  1. Over a component of YY that is a point yy, dd is the block d(βS,q(y))d(\beta_S,q(y)) with a constant map q(y):Ey→Fyq(y):E_y\to F_y. This is the product symbol of Fact 1.16 for βS\beta_S on SnS^n and qq on a one-point manifold. By Fact 1.16, s-ind⁡d=s-ind⁡βS⋅(rank⁡Ey−rank⁡Fy)\operatorname{s-ind}d=\operatorname{s-ind}\beta_S\cdot(\operatorname{rank}E_y-\operatorname{rank}F_y), which is s-ind⁡q\operatorname{s-ind}q on that component by Fact 1.13(e). The index adds over components. ▫\square

Example 10.2 (A trivial bundle: the product formula). Let V=Y×ℝnV=Y\times\mathbb R^n with the standard Euclidean structure. Then Ṽ=Y×Sn\tilde V=Y\times S^n, the Bott bundles are pulled back from EB,FBE_B,F_B on SnS^n, and q̃(t,τ)=q(y,η)\tilde q(t,\tau)=q(y,\eta), for τ=(η,ξ)\tau=(\eta,\xi), satisfies (9.1). Now dd is exactly the product symbol of Fact 1.16 built from βS\beta_S on SnS^n and qq on YY. By Fact 1.16 and Corollary 10.1(1), s-ind⁡d=s-ind⁡βS⋅s-ind⁡q=s-ind⁡q\operatorname{s-ind}d=\operatorname{s-ind}\beta_S\cdot\operatorname{s-ind}q=\operatorname{s-ind}q. So Theorem 9.2 extends the product formula from products to twisted products; for a product, its content is that the Bott symbol has index one.

Example 10.3 (Fibre dimension zero). If n=0n=0, then V=Y×{0}V=Y\times\{0\} and Ṽ=Y×{0,∞}\tilde V=Y\times\{0,\infty\} is two copies of YY. By Proposition 3.2(3), Λe=ℂ\Lambda^e=\mathbb C and Λo=0\Lambda^o=0; so F̃B=0\tilde F_B=0 over Y×{0}Y\times\{0\} and F̃B=ℂ\tilde F_B=\mathbb C over Y×{∞}Y\times\{\infty\}. Over Y×{0}Y\times\{0\} the domain of dd is ẼY⊕0\tilde E_Y\oplus0, the target is 0⊕F̃Y0\oplus\tilde F_Y, and d=q̃=qd=\tilde q=q there, since ξ=0\xi=0 always. Over Y×{∞}Y\times\{\infty\} the diagonal entries are the identity by the gluing convention, so d=(I−q̃*q̃I)d=\begin{pmatrix}I&-\tilde q^*\\ \tilde q&I\end{pmatrix}, which is invertible everywhere by Lemma 9.1; the homotopy q̃→0\tilde q\to0 keeps it invertible, so its symbol index is 00. In total s-ind⁡d=s-ind⁡q\operatorname{s-ind}d=\operatorname{s-ind}q: formula (9.3) survives although dim⁡Λe≠dim⁡Λo\dim\Lambda^e\ne\dim\Lambda^o. The theorem was stated for n≥1n\ge1 because the Bott operator of Section 7 needs n≥1n\ge1.

11. Making the symbol trivial near fibre infinity

To move the operator into ℝν\mathbb R^\nu later, we want it to act near the section at infinity as a fixed bundle map, independent of the covector. By Theorem 9.2(2) and Step 0 of Section 10, we may assume that qq is invertible off the zero section of T*YT^*Y. Write E=(ẼB⊗ẼY⊕F̃B⊗F̃Y)⊗Ω1/2,E′=(F̃B⊗ẼY⊕ẼB⊗F̃Y)⊗Ω1/2. E=(\tilde E_B\otimes\tilde E_Y\oplus\tilde F_B\otimes\tilde F_Y)\otimes\Omega^{1/2},\qquad E'=(\tilde F_B\otimes\tilde E_Y\oplus\tilde E_B\otimes\tilde F_Y)\otimes\Omega^{1/2}.

Proposition 11.1. Assume (S1)–(S5), with qq invertible off the zero section. 1. For 0≤λ≤10\le\lambda\le1 put ϕλ=1−λ+λϕ\phi_\lambda=1-\lambda+\lambda\phi, and let d(λ)d^{(\lambda)} be (9.2) with both off-diagonal entries multiplied by ϕλ(x)\phi_\lambda(x) (equal to 1−λ1-\lambda at infinity). This family is jointly continuous and invertible outside one compact set. So s-ind⁡d=s-ind⁡d0\operatorname{s-ind}d=\operatorname{s-ind}d_0, where d0=d(1)d_0=d^{(1)}. 2. Where |x|≥r*|x|\ge r_*, including the section at infinity, d0(t,τ)=M0(t)=diag⁡(p(x/|x|)⊗I,p(x/|x|)*⊗I)d_0(t,\tau)=M_0(t)=\operatorname{diag}\bigl(p(x/|x|)\otimes I,\ p(x/|x|)^*\otimes I\bigr). This is the identity in the second trivialization of F̃B\tilde F_B, and it does not depend on τ\tau. Also d0d_0 is invertible on T*Ṽ\0T^*\tilde V\setminus0. 3. There are a compact set K3⊂VK_3\subset V and D0∈Ψcl0(Ṽ;E,E′)D_0\in\Psi^0_{\mathrm{cl}}(\tilde V;E,E') with D0=M+P1D_0=M+P_1, where M:E→E′M:E\to E' is a smooth bundle map, invertible outside K3K_3 and equal to M0M_0 near the section at infinity, and P1P_1 has Schwartz kernel supported in K3×K3K_3\times K_3. The principal symbol of D0D_0 is homotopic to d0d_0, and ind⁡D0=s-ind⁡q\operatorname{ind}D_0=\operatorname{s-ind}q. The kernels of D0D_0 and of D0*D_0^* consist of smooth sections supported in K3K_3.

Continuity note: The family with off-diagonal factor ϕ(δx)\phi(\delta x), 0≤δ≤10\le\delta\le1, is discontinuous at fibre infinity: it has value zero there for every δ>0\delta>0, and value one at δ=0\delta=0. The factor ϕλ\phi_\lambda in part 1 is jointly continuous.

Proof. (1) ϕλ(x)\phi_\lambda(x) is continuous in (λ,t)(\lambda,t), including at infinity, where ϕ=0\phi=0. If x≠0x\ne0, or ξ≠0\xi\ne0, or tt is at infinity, the diagonal entries are invertible, and Lemma 9.1 gives invertibility whatever the off-diagonal entries are. If x=0x=0 and ξ=0\xi=0, then ϕλ(0)=1\phi_\lambda(0)=1 and d(λ)=dd^{(\lambda)}=d there. So every d(λ)d^{(\lambda)} is invertible outside the compact set of Theorem 9.2(1).

  1. Where ϕ=0\phi=0 the off-diagonal entries vanish and ψ(x)p(x)=p(x/|x|)\psi(x)p(x)=p(x/|x|). The diagonal is invertible unless x=0=ξx=0=\xi; there τ=π*η\tau=\pi^*\eta, and if τ≠0\tau\ne0 then η≠0\eta\ne0, ϕ1(0)=1\phi_1(0)=1, and the off-diagonal entries ±q(πt,η)(*)\pm q(\pi t,\eta)^{(*)} are invertible.

  2. Let hh be the cotangent length of a Riemannian metric on Ṽ\tilde V. The exceptional set of d0d_0 lies in the zero section, so by the definition in Fact 1.13 (with R=1R=1), s-ind⁡d0\operatorname{s-ind}d_0 is the symbol index of the degree-00 symbol s1(t,τ)=d0(t,τ/h(t,τ))s_1(t,\tau)=d_0(t,\tau/h(t,\tau)). It is continuous and invertible on T*Ṽ\0T^*\tilde V\setminus0, and s1=M0s_1=M_0 where |x|≥r*|x|\ge r_*.

Let χ∞\chi_\infty be a smooth function of |x||x| on Ṽ\tilde V with values in [0,1][0,1], equal to 11 for |x|≥r*+1|x|\ge r_*+1 and at infinity, and 00 for |x|≤r*+1/2|x|\le r_*+1/2. Let s̃\tilde s be a smooth uniform approximation of s1s_1 on the unit cosphere bundle (Fact 1.13(c)), and put s2=χ∞M0+(1−χ∞)s̃s_2=\chi_\infty M_0+(1-\chi_\infty)\tilde s, extended with degree 00. Where χ∞≠0\chi_\infty\ne0 we have s1=M0s_1=M_0, so ∥s2−s1∥≤∥s̃−s1∥\|s_2-s_1\|\le\|\tilde s-s_1\|. If this is small, the segment from s1s_1 to s2s_2 is invertible, and s-ind⁡s2=s-ind⁡s1\operatorname{s-ind}s_2=\operatorname{s-ind}s_1.

Put M=χ∞M0M=\chi_\infty M_0 (extended by 00); it equals M0M_0, hence is invertible, where |x|≥r*+1|x|\ge r_*+1. The symbol s2−Ms_2-M vanishes where |x|≥r*+1|x|\ge r_*+1. Let K2={|x|≤r*+1}K_2=\{|x|\le r_*+1\} and K3={|x|≤r*+2}K_3=\{|x|\le r_*+2\}, both compact subsets of VV. Choose a smooth function χ3\chi_3 of |x||x| with χ3=1\chi_3=1 on K2K_2 and support in K3K_3. Choose P′∈Ψcl0(Ṽ;E,E′)P'\in\Psi^0_{\mathrm{cl}}(\tilde V;E,E') with principal symbol s2−Ms_2-M (Fact 1.12, applied in local trivializations of EE and E′E'), and put P1=χ3P′χ3P_1=\chi_3P'\chi_3 and D0=M+P1D_0=M+P_1. The principal symbol of P1P_1 is χ32(s2−M)=s2−M\chi_3^2(s_2-M)=s_2-M, so σ0(D0)=s2\sigma_0(D_0)=s_2, and the kernel of P1P_1 is supported in K3×K3K_3\times K_3. By Fact 1.13(b) and Theorem 9.2, ind⁡D0=s-ind⁡s2=s-ind⁡d0=s-ind⁡d=s-ind⁡q\operatorname{ind}D_0=\operatorname{s-ind}s_2=\operatorname{s-ind}d_0=\operatorname{s-ind}d=\operatorname{s-ind}q.

If D0u=0D_0u=0, then for t∉K3t\notin K_3, (D0u)(t)=M(t)u(t)=0(D_0u)(t)=M(t)u(t)=0, so u(t)=0u(t)=0; and uu is smooth by Fact 1.11. The same argument applies to D0*=M*+P1*D_0^*=M^*+P_1^*. ▫\square

Part 3 shows that the kernel and the cokernel only involve sections supported in a compact subset of VV, so the added section at infinity plays no role.

12. Embeddings, tubular neighbourhoods and stable complements

The final reduction needs two facts from geometry. A compact manifold embeds in a Euclidean space, with a tubular neighbourhood that is diffeomorphic to its normal bundle. And every vector bundle over a compact manifold has a complement whose direct sum with it is trivial.

Lemma 12.1 (Embedding). Let XX be a compact smooth manifold of dimension nn. There is a smooth embedding Φ:X→ℝν\Phi:X\to\mathbb R^\nu for some ν\nu.

Proof. Every point has a chart around it, and inside that chart a compact neighbourhood. By compactness, finitely many of these neighbourhoods cover XX. Call them K1,…,KJK_1,\dots,K_J, with charts κj:Xj→ℝn\kappa_j:X_j\to\mathbb R^n and Kj⊂XjK_j\subset X_j. Choose ϕj∈Cc∞(Xj)\phi_j\in C_c^\infty(X_j) with ϕj=1\phi_j=1 on a neighbourhood of KjK_j. The functions ϕj\phi_j and ϕjκj\phi_j\kappa_j, extended by zero outside XjX_j, are smooth on XX. Put Φ(x)=(ϕ1(x),ϕ1(x)κ1(x),…,ϕJ(x),ϕJ(x)κJ(x))∈ℝ(n+1)J. \Phi(x)=\bigl(\phi_1(x),\phi_1(x)\kappa_1(x),\dots,\phi_J(x),\phi_J(x)\kappa_J(x)\bigr)\in\mathbb R^{(n+1)J}. Immersion. If x∈Kjx\in K_j, then ϕjκj=κj\phi_j\kappa_j=\kappa_j near xx. The differential of κj\kappa_j is injective, so the differential of Φ\Phi at xx is injective. Every point lies in some KjK_j.

Injective. Let Φ(x)=Φ(y)\Phi(x)=\Phi(y) and x∈Kjx\in K_j. Then ϕj(y)=ϕj(x)=1\phi_j(y)=\phi_j(x)=1, so yy lies in the support of ϕj\phi_j, which is inside XjX_j. Also ϕj(y)κj(y)=ϕj(x)κj(x)\phi_j(y)\kappa_j(y)=\phi_j(x)\kappa_j(x) gives κj(y)=κj(x)\kappa_j(y)=\kappa_j(x). Since κj\kappa_j is injective, y=xy=x.

Embedding. A continuous injective map from a compact space to a Hausdorff space is a homeomorphism onto its image, because it maps closed sets to closed sets. An injective immersion that is a homeomorphism onto its image is an embedding: by the inverse function theorem (Fact 1.17), near each point the image is the graph of a smooth map over its tangent plane. ▫\square

A generic projection reduces ν\nu to 2n+12n+1. We prove this; it is the easy form of Whitney’s embedding theorem.

Lemma 12.2 (Images of smaller dimension are null). Let MM be a smooth manifold of dimension mm, and let F:M→ℝNF:M\to\mathbb R^N be C1C^1 with m<Nm<N. Then F(M)F(M) has Lebesgue measure zero.

Proof. MM is a countable union of sets κ−1(Q)\kappa^{-1}(Q), where κ\kappa is a chart and QQ is a closed cube of side ss inside the chart image. It is enough to treat one such set. The map F∘κ−1F\circ\kappa^{-1} is C1C^1 on the convex set QQ, so it is Lipschitz there with some constant LL, by the mean value inequality. Cut QQ into kmk^m cubes of side s/ks/k. The image of each small cube lies in a ball of radius Lms/kL\sqrt m\,s/k. So the image of QQ has outer measure at most kmcN(Lms/k)N=Ckm−Nk^m c_N(L\sqrt m\,s/k)^N=Ck^{m-N}, which tends to 00 as k→∞k\to\infty. ▫\square

Proposition 12.3 (Dimension 2n+12n+1). If XX is compact of dimension nn, there is a smooth embedding X→ℝ2n+1X\to\mathbb R^{2n+1}.

Proof location: The projection argument is written out below.

Proof. Start from Lemma 12.1. Suppose Φ:X→ℝν\Phi:X\to\mathbb R^\nu is an injective immersion with ν>2n+1\nu>2n+1. Consider the smooth maps S:X×X×ℝ→ℝν,S(x,y,t)=t(Φ(x)−Φ(y));T:TX→ℝν,T(v)=dΦ(v). S:X\times X\times\mathbb R\to\mathbb R^\nu,\quad S(x,y,t)=t\bigl(\Phi(x)-\Phi(y)\bigr);\qquad T:TX\to\mathbb R^\nu,\quad T(v)=d\Phi(v). Their domains have dimensions 2n+12n+1 and 2n2n, both less than ν\nu. By Lemma 12.2 their images are null, so we can choose a≠0a\neq0 outside both images. Let PP be the orthogonal projection of ℝν\mathbb R^\nu onto a⟂≅ℝν−1a^\perp\cong\mathbb R^{\nu-1}.

PΦP\Phi is injective. If PΦ(x)=PΦ(y)P\Phi(x)=P\Phi(y) with x≠yx\neq y, then Φ(x)−Φ(y)=sa\Phi(x)-\Phi(y)=sa for some ss, and s≠0s\neq0 because Φ\Phi is injective. So a=S(x,y,1/s)a=S(x,y,1/s), which is impossible.

PΦP\Phi is an immersion. If PdΦ(v)=0P\,d\Phi(v)=0 with v≠0v\neq0, then dΦ(v)=sad\Phi(v)=sa with s≠0s\neq0, so a=T(v/s)a=T(v/s), which is impossible.

Repeat until ν=2n+1\nu=2n+1. The final map is an injective immersion of a compact manifold, hence an embedding. ▫\square

Proposition 12.4 (Normal bundle and tubular neighbourhood). Let Φ:X→ℝν\Phi:X\to\mathbb R^\nu be an embedding of a compact manifold of dimension nn, and put N={(x,y)∈X×ℝν:y⟂dΦx(TxX)}.(12.1) N=\{(x,y)\in X\times\mathbb R^\nu:\ y\perp d\Phi_x(T_xX)\}. \tag{12.1} 1. NN is a smooth subbundle of X×ℝνX\times\mathbb R^\nu of rank ν−n\nu-n. Its fibres carry the Euclidean structure of ℝν\mathbb R^\nu. 2. There is ρ0>0\rho_0>0 such that for 0<ρ≤ρ00<\rho\le\rho_0 the map E(x,y)=Φ(x)+yE(x,y)=\Phi(x)+y is a diffeomorphism of Nρ={(x,y)∈N:|y|<ρ}N_\rho=\{(x,y)\in N:|y|<\rho\} onto an open set Uρ⊃Φ(X)U_\rho\supset\Phi(X). 3. For such ρ\rho, the map Θ(x,y)=Φ(x)+ρy/(1+|y|2)1/2\Theta(x,y)=\Phi(x)+\rho y/(1+|y|^2)^{1/2} is a diffeomorphism of NN onto UρU_\rho. It maps each fibre NxN_x onto the ball of radius ρ\rho around Φ(x)\Phi(x) in the normal plane. For every orthogonal map O:Nx→NxO:N_x\to N_x, its precise equivariance is Θ(x,Oy)=Φ(x)+O(Θ(x,y)−Φ(x))\Theta(x,Oy)=\Phi(x)+O(\Theta(x,y)-\Phi(x)); the target action is the affine orthogonal action centered at Φ(x)\Phi(x).

Proof. (1) Fix x0x_0 and a chart around it. The vectors dΦx(∂1),…,dΦx(∂n)d\Phi_x(\partial_1),\dots,d\Phi_x(\partial_n) depend smoothly on xx and are independent. Gram–Schmidt turns them into a smooth orthonormal frame τ1(x),…,τn(x)\tau_1(x),\dots,\tau_n(x) of the tangent image. The orthogonal projection Px=∑iτi(x)τi(x)tP_x=\sum_i\tau_i(x)\tau_i(x)^{t} onto the tangent image is smooth in xx, and it does not depend on the frame. NxN_x is the range of I−PxI-P_x. Choose w1,…,wν−nw_1,\dots,w_{\nu-n} spanning Nx0N_{x_0}. The sections (I−Px)wk(I-P_x)w_k are smooth and, by continuity, independent near x0x_0. They form a local frame of NN, so NN is a smooth subbundle.

  1. At a point (x,0)(x,0) of the zero section, T(x,0)N=TxX⊕NxT_{(x,0)}N=T_xX\oplus N_x and dE(v,y)=dΦxv+ydE(v,y)=d\Phi_x v+y. The two terms lie in orthogonal subspaces, and dΦxd\Phi_x is injective, so dEdE is injective. The dimensions are equal, so dEdE is invertible there. The set WW of points of NN where dEdE is invertible is open and contains the zero section. It contains Nρ1N_{\rho_1} for some ρ1>0\rho_1>0: otherwise there are points (xk,yk)∉W(x_k,y_k)\notin W with |yk|→0|y_k|\to0, a subsequence has xk→xx_k\to x, and then (xk,yk)→(x,0)∈W(x_k,y_k)\to(x,0)\in W, which contradicts openness of WW.

Next, EE is injective on NρN_\rho for small ρ\rho. If not, there are distinct points (xk,yk)≠(xk′,yk′)(x_k,y_k)\neq(x_k',y_k') with |yk|,|yk′|<1/k|y_k|,|y_k'|<1/k and the same image. Pass to subsequences with xk→xx_k\to x, xk′→x′x'_k\to x'. Then Φ(x)=Φ(x′)\Phi(x)=\Phi(x'), so x=x′x=x'. By the inverse function theorem EE is injective on a neighbourhood of (x,0)(x,0). For large kk both points lie in it, a contradiction.

Take ρ0\rho_0 below both thresholds. On NρN_\rho, EE is an injective local diffeomorphism. Its image UρU_\rho is open, and EE is a diffeomorphism onto it. It contains Φ(X)=E(zero section)\Phi(X)=E(\text{zero section}).

  1. The fibre map r(x,y)=(x,ρy/(1+|y|2)1/2)r(x,y)=(x,\rho y/(1+|y|^2)^{1/2}) is a diffeomorphism of NN onto NρN_\rho, with inverse (x,y′)↦(x,y′/(ρ2−|y′|2)1/2)(x,y')\mapsto(x,y'/(\rho^2-|y'|^2)^{1/2}). Indeed, if y′=ρy/(1+|y|2)1/2y'=\rho y/(1+|y|^2)^{1/2} then ρ2−|y′|2=ρ2/(1+|y|2)\rho^2-|y'|^2=\rho^2/(1+|y|^2). So Θ=E∘r\Theta=E\circ r is a diffeomorphism onto UρU_\rho. The factor multiplying yy depends only on |y||y|, and |Oy|=|y||Oy|=|y|. Substitution in the original formula gives Θ(x,Oy)−Φ(x)=O(ρy/(1+|y|2)1/2)=O(Θ(x,y)−Φ(x))\Theta(x,Oy)-\Phi(x)=O(\rho y/(1+|y|^2)^{1/2})=O(\Theta(x,y)-\Phi(x)), proving the stated equivariance with both actions and their domains explicit. ▫\square

The compactness arguments in (2) are what make one radius work for all of XX.

Lemma 12.5 (Stable complements). Let XX be a smooth manifold and E→XE\to X a smooth complex vector bundle of rank rr. Suppose XX is covered by finitely many open sets X1,…,XJX_1,\dots,X_J over which EE is trivial; this holds, for example, when XX is compact. Then there is a smooth complex vector bundle GG over XX with E⊕G≅X×ℂNE\oplus G\cong X\times\mathbb C^N, N=JrN=Jr. The same holds for real bundles, with ℝN\mathbb R^N.

Proof. Let ψj:E|Xj→Xj×ℂr\psi_j:E|_{X_j}\to X_j\times\mathbb C^r be trivializations, and let ϕ1,…,ϕJ\phi_1,\dots,\phi_J be a smooth partition of unity with supp⁡ϕj⊂Xj\operatorname{supp}\phi_j\subset X_j (closed supports suffice; Fact 1.17). Define ι:E→X×ℂN,ι(e)=(πe,ϕ1(πe)ψ1(e),…,ϕJ(πe)ψJ(e)), \iota:E\to X\times\mathbb C^{N},\qquad \iota(e)=\bigl(\pi e,\ \phi_1(\pi e)\psi_1(e),\dots,\phi_J(\pi e)\psi_J(e)\bigr), where ϕj(πe)ψj(e)\phi_j(\pi e)\psi_j(e) means the ℂr\mathbb C^r component of ψj(e)\psi_j(e) times ϕj(πe)\phi_j(\pi e), taken to be 00 when πe∉Xj\pi e\notin X_j. This is smooth because supp⁡ϕj\operatorname{supp}\phi_j is a closed subset of XjX_j. It is linear on each fibre and injective there: if ι(e)=0\iota(e)=0, choose jj with ϕj(πe)≠0\phi_j(\pi e)\ne0; then ψj(e)=0\psi_j(e)=0, so e=0e=0. A local frame e1,…,ere_1,\dots,e_r of EE is carried to rr smooth sections of X×ℂNX\times\mathbb C^N that are independent at each point, so E′=ι(E)E'=\iota(E) is a smooth subbundle of rank rr. If F(x)F(x) is the N×rN\times r matrix of such a local frame, the orthogonal projection onto Ex′E'_x is P(x)=F(F*F)−1F*P(x)=F(F^*F)^{-1}F^*, which is smooth. Let GG be the range of I−PI-P, a smooth subbundle of rank N−rN-r. Then (e,w)↦ι(e)+w(e,w)\mapsto\iota(e)+w is a smooth bundle isomorphism E⊕G→X×ℂNE\oplus G\to X\times\mathbb C^N, since ℂN=Ex′⊕(Ex′)⟂\mathbb C^N=E'_x\oplus(E'_x)^\perp. The real case is the same with transposes. ▫\square

The proof uses only a finite trivializing cover, so it applies, for instance, to the restriction of a bundle over a compact manifold to any open subset. On an arbitrary finite-dimensional manifold a finite trivializing cover also exists, by a colouring argument from dimension theory; that step is not proved here. The complement GG is not unique, but it is unique up to adding trivial bundles (Exercise 14.3).

Example 12.6 (A stable complement). On S2≅ℂℙ1S^2\cong\mathbb{CP}^1 let L={([z],v):v∈ℂz}⊂ℂℙ1×ℂ2L=\{([z],v):v\in\mathbb Cz\}\subset\mathbb{CP}^1\times\mathbb C^2. Its orthogonal complement L⟂={([z],v):v⟂z}L^\perp=\{([z],v):v\perp z\} is a line bundle, and L⊕L⟂=ℂℙ1×ℂ2L\oplus L^\perp=\mathbb{CP}^1\times\mathbb C^2; so N=2N=2 works. Lemma 12.5 with the two standard charts also gives N=2⋅1=2N=2\cdot1=2, but through a different embedding ι\iota, so the complement it produces is in general a different subbundle of ℂℙ1×ℂ2\mathbb{CP}^1\times\mathbb C^2. Exercise 14.3 shows that any two complements agree after adding trivial bundles.

13. Reduction of the manifold index to a Euclidean operator

We now put the pieces together.

Theorem 13.1 (Reduction to a Euclidean operator). Let YY, EYE_Y, FYF_Y and qq be as in (S1), and let Φ:Y→ℝν\Phi:Y\to\mathbb R^\nu be an embedding with ν>dim⁡Y\nu>\dim Y on every component (Proposition 12.3). Then there are NN and an N×NN\times N system PE=I+KEP_E=I+K_E on ℝν\mathbb R^\nu, where KE∈Ψcl0(ℝν;ℂN,ℂN)K_E\in\Psi^0_{\mathrm{cl}}(\mathbb R^\nu;\mathbb C^N,\mathbb C^N) has a Schwartz kernel with compact support, such that: 1. PEP_E is elliptic: its principal symbol is invertible for Ξ≠0\Xi\ne0. 2. PEP_E maps Cc∞(ℝν;ℂN)C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^\nu;\mathbb C^N) into itself, with finite-dimensional kernel and range of finite codimension there, and dim⁡ker⁡PE−codim⁡PE(Cc∞)=s-ind⁡q.(13.1) \dim\ker P_E-\operatorname{codim}P_E\bigl(C_c^\infty\bigr)=\operatorname{s-ind}q . \tag{13.1} 3. PEP_E is Fredholm on L2(ℝν;ℂN)L^2(\mathbb R^\nu;\mathbb C^N) with index s-ind⁡q\operatorname{s-ind}q. The kernels of PEP_E and PE*P_E^* consist of functions in Cc∞C_c^\infty.

So PEP_E is an elliptic N×NN\times N system on ℝν\mathbb R^\nu that acts, outside a compact set, as the identity matrix.

Proof. Step 1 (suspension). Let V=N(Y)V=N(Y) be the normal bundle (12.1) of Proposition 12.4, of rank n=ν−dim⁡Y≥1n=\nu-\dim Y\ge1 on each component, with the Euclidean structure of ℝν\mathbb R^\nu. By Theorem 9.2(2) we may assume that qq is invertible off the zero section. Proposition 11.1 gives D0=M+P1D_0=M+P_1 on Ṽ\tilde V with ind⁡D0=s-ind⁡q\operatorname{ind}D_0=\operatorname{s-ind}q, the kernel of P1P_1 in K3×K3⊂V×VK_3\times K_3\subset V\times V, and MM invertible outside K3K_3.

Step 2 (stable triviality). Ṽ\tilde V is compact, so Lemma 12.5 gives a bundle GG over Ṽ\tilde V and an isomorphism ι:Ṽ×ℂN→E⊕G\iota:\tilde V\times\mathbb C^N\to E\oplus G. Put DG=D0⊕IGD_G=D_0\oplus I_G, from sections of E⊕GE\oplus G to sections of E′⊕GE'\oplus G. By Fact 1.3 (a direct sum with an isomorphism), ind⁡DG=ind⁡D0\operatorname{ind}D_G=\operatorname{ind}D_0. Also DG=MG+(P1⊕0)D_G=M_G+(P_1\oplus0) with MG=M⊕IM_G=M\oplus I, invertible outside K3K_3.

Step 3 (moving to ℝν\mathbb R^\nu). Let Θ:V→Uρ\Theta:V\to U_\rho be the diffeomorphism of Proposition 12.4(3). Restricted to compactly supported sections over VV, DGD_G is a classical pseudodifferential operator on the open manifold VV. Transport it by Θ\Theta. The half-density factor is part of EE and E′E', so the two trivializations below also trivialize it. In the domain use ι\iota. In the target fix Ξ∈ℝν\0\Xi\in\mathbb R^\nu\setminus0 and use ΦΞ(X)=dG(X,Ξ)ι(X)\Phi_\Xi(X)=d_G(X,\Xi)\,\iota(X), where dG(X,Ξ)d_G(X,\Xi) is the principal symbol of DGD_G at X∈Uρ≅VX\in U_\rho\cong V in the direction Ξ\Xi. It is an isomorphism of (E⊕G)X(E\oplus G)_X onto (E′⊕G)X(E'\oplus G)_X because DGD_G is elliptic, and it depends smoothly on XX. Put PE=ΦΞ−1DGιP_E=\Phi_\Xi^{-1}D_G\,\iota on Cc∞(Uρ;ℂN)C_c^\infty(U_\rho;\mathbb C^N). Outside the compact set L=Θ(K3)L=\Theta(K_3), DGD_G acts as multiplication by MG(X)M_G(X), and its principal symbol there is MG(X)M_G(X) in every direction. So there PE=(MGι)−1MGι=IP_E=(M_G\iota)^{-1}M_G\iota=I. Thus PE=I+KEP_E=I+K_E, where KEK_E is classical of order 00 with kernel supported in L×LL\times L; we extend it by 00 to ℝν×ℝν\mathbb R^\nu\times\mathbb R^\nu.

  1. At X∈UρX\in U_\rho the principal symbol of PEP_E in the direction Ξ′\Xi' is ι−1dG(X,Ξ)−1dG(X,Ξ′)ι\iota^{-1}d_G(X,\Xi)^{-1}d_G(X,\Xi')\iota, which is invertible; outside LL it is II.

  2. Kernel. If PEu=0P_Eu=0 with u∈Cc∞(ℝν)u\in C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^\nu), then u=−KEuu=-K_Eu is supported in LL, and ιu∈ker⁡DG\iota u\in\ker D_G. Conversely ker⁡DG=ker⁡D0⊕0\ker D_G=\ker D_0\oplus0 consists of smooth sections supported in K3K_3 (Proposition 11.1(3)), which correspond to elements of ker⁡PE\ker P_E.

Cokernel. Every f∈Cc∞(ℝν)f\in C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^\nu) splits as f=f1+f2f=f_1+f_2 with f1∈Cc∞(Uρ)f_1\in C_c^\infty(U_\rho) and f2f_2 vanishing near LL; then KEf2=0K_Ef_2=0, so f2=PEf2f_2=P_Ef_2 lies in the range. If f∈Cc∞(Uρ)f\in C_c^\infty(U_\rho) and f=PEuf=P_Eu with u∈Cc∞(ℝν)u\in C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^\nu), then u=f−KEuu=f-K_Eu lies in Cc∞(Uρ)C_c^\infty(U_\rho). So the cokernel of PEP_E on Cc∞(ℝν)C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^\nu) is the cokernel of PEP_E on Cc∞(Uρ)C_c^\infty(U_\rho). By ι\iota and ΦΞ\Phi_\Xi, this is the cokernel of DGD_G on Cc∞(V)C_c^\infty(V). The same splitting argument on Ṽ\tilde V, with MGM_G invertible outside K3K_3, shows that this equals the cokernel of DGD_G on C∞(Ṽ)C^\infty(\tilde V): a section supported where MGM_G is invertible and away from K3K_3 is DG(MG−1f2)D_G(M_G^{-1}f_2), and if u∈C∞(Ṽ)u\in C^\infty(\tilde V) solves DGu=fD_Gu=f with f∈Cc∞(V)f\in C_c^\infty(V), then outside K3∪supp⁡fK_3\cup\operatorname{supp}f we have MGu=f=0M_Gu=f=0, so u=0u=0 there and u∈Cc∞(V)u\in C_c^\infty(V). By Fact 1.11 that cokernel is finite-dimensional, and (13.1) is ind⁡DG=ind⁡D0=s-ind⁡q\operatorname{ind}D_G=\operatorname{ind}D_0=\operatorname{s-ind}q.

  1. The full symbol of PEP_E is a=I+ka=I+k with k(X,Ξ)=0k(X,\Xi)=0 for X∉LX\notin L. Choose ϑ(Ξ)\vartheta(\Xi), zero near 00 and one for large |Ξ||\Xi|, such that a(X,Ξ)a(X,\Xi) is uniformly invertible where ϑ≠0\vartheta\ne0, and put b0=I+ϑ(a−1−I)b_0=I+\vartheta(a^{-1}-I); then b0=Ib_0=I for X∉LX\notin L. For X∉LX\notin L, a(X,⋅)=Ia(X,\cdot)=I does not depend on Ξ\Xi, so (a∘b0)(X,Ξ)=b0(X,Ξ)=I(a\circ b_0)(X,\Xi)=b_0(X,\Xi)=I and (b0∘a)(X,Ξ)=I(b_0\circ a)(X,\Xi)=I. Hence the error symbols of the parametrix construction in Fact 1.8, and all their compositions, vanish for X∉LX\notin L, and the asymptotic sums can be taken with the same property, since the summation in Fact 1.7 keeps supports. This gives bL,bRb_L,b_R with bL∘a−Ib_L\circ a-I and a∘bR−Ia\circ b_R-I in S−∞S^{-\infty}, vanishing for X∉LX\notin L. Their kernels are supported in L×ℝνL\times\mathbb R^\nu and decrease rapidly in X−YX-Y, so they lie in L2(ℝ2ν)L^2(\mathbb R^{2\nu}), and the operators are Hilbert–Schmidt, hence compact (Fact 1.18). By Fact 1.3, PEP_E is Fredholm on L2L^2. If u∈L2u\in L^2 and PEu=0P_Eu=0, then u=−KEuu=-K_Eu has compact support and is smooth by ellipticity (Fact 1.8). The kernel of PE*=I+KE*P_E^*=I+K_E^* has the same property, since the kernel of KE*K_E^* is also supported in L×LL\times L. Finally f∈Cc∞f\in C_c^\infty lies in PE(Cc∞)P_E(C_c^\infty) if and only if f⟂ker⁡PE*f\perp\ker P_E^*: if f=PEuf=P_Eu with u∈L2u\in L^2, then u=f−KEuu=f-K_Eu is compactly supported, and it is smooth by ellipticity, as for the kernel. So the two indices agree. ▫\square

Remark 13.2 (Other trivializations). Step 3 trivializes the target bundle by the principal symbol at one fixed covector Ξ\Xi. Any other smooth frame Ψ\Psi of the target over UρU_\rho could be used, at a price. With it, P′=Ψ−1DGιP'=\Psi^{-1}D_G\,\iota is multiplication by a(X)=Ψ(X)−1MG(X)ι(X)a(X)=\Psi(X)^{-1}M_G(X)\iota(X) on Uρ\LU_\rho\setminus L. This matrix function is invertible there, but it need not have an invertible extension across LL, and it need not behave well at ∂Uρ\partial U_\rho. The matrix extension lemma of the lesson Changing an interior frame to extend an invertible matrix, with U=UρU=U_\rho and KK a compact neighbourhood of LL, gives A0∈C∞(Uρ,GL(N,ℂ))A_0\in C^\infty(U_\rho,GL(N,\mathbb C)) and A∞∈C∞(ℝν\K,GL(N,ℂ))A_\infty\in C^\infty(\mathbb R^\nu\setminus K,GL(N,\mathbb C)) with A∞=aA0A_\infty=aA_0 on Uρ\KU_\rho\setminus K and A∞A_\infty homogeneous of degree 00 near infinity. Then P′A0P'A_0 is multiplication by A∞A_\infty on Uρ\KU_\rho\setminus K. Editorial completion of its global extension. Retain the transported bundles, multiplication MGM_G, and compact kernel P1⊕0P_1\oplus0 from Steps 2–3. Define the global matrix function G(X)={Ψ(X)−1MG(X)ι(X)A0(X),X∈Uρ,A∞(X),X∈ℝν\K.(BE1) G(X)=\begin{cases} \Psi(X)^{-1}M_G(X)\iota(X)A_0(X),&X\in U_\rho,\\ A_\infty(X),&X\in\mathbb R^\nu\setminus K. \end{cases} \tag{BE1} The two open sets cover ℝν\mathbb R^\nu, because K⊂UρK\subset U_\rho. Their formulas agree on the entire overlap: there Ψ−1MGι=a\Psi^{-1}M_G\iota=a, and the retained ordered identity is aA0=A∞aA_0=A_\infty. Consequently GG is smooth globally. It may be singular inside KK; no invertible extension of A∞A_\infty through KK has been assumed. In the same transported coordinates put R0=Ψ−1(P1⊕0)ιA0,Pext=G+R0.(BE2) R_0=\Psi^{-1}(P_1\oplus0)\iota A_0,\qquad P_{\mathrm{ext}}=G+R_0. \tag{BE2} The kernel of R0R_0 is supported in L×L⋐Uρ×UρL\times L\Subset U_\rho\times U_\rho. Its frame factors are evaluated at the original output and input points, respectively; the half-density transport is the one retained in Step 3. Extension of this kernel by zero is therefore a global classical kernel with that same compact support. On UρU_\rho, the exact equality is Pext=P′A0P_{\mathrm{ext}}=P'A_0; outside KK, it is multiplication by the original A∞A_\infty. This proves the asserted global extension with every factor and domain present. The kernel and cokernel comparison on compactly supported smooth functions is exactly the splitting argument in Step 3 and part (2), now using invertibility of GG outside KK. Multiplication by A0A_0 is a bijection of Cc∞(Uρ;ℂN)C_c^\infty(U_\rho;\mathbb C^N), with inverse multiplication by A0−1A_0^{-1}. Both preserve each compact support because they are smooth on the original open domain. Thus the kernel and the range quotient are isomorphic before and after this right composition, and the index on compactly supported smooth functions is still s-ind⁡q\operatorname{s-ind}q. The result is a system that equals the homogeneous matrix function A∞A_\infty near infinity. With the frame ΦΞ\Phi_\Xi of Step 3, a=Ia=I on Uρ\LU_\rho\setminus L, and no extension is needed.

The global matrix is glued through the original ordered transition, with the compact kernel retained separately.

The two restrictions agree on their entire overlap, giving the global map in (BE1). Formula (BE2) retains the full compactly supported kernel. These maps establish the alternate-frame extension in Remark 13.2.

The exact comparison of two extension choices

Retain the matrix GG, kernel operator R0R_0 and global extension PextP_{\mathrm{ext}} of (BE1)–(BE2). For a second factor pair of the same original aa, (MG1)–(MG4) in the matrix-extension lesson give a unique smooth invertible map H:ℝν→GL⁡(N,ℂ)H:\mathbb R^\nu\to\operatorname{GL}(N,\mathbb C), with Â0=A0H|Uρ\widehat A_0=A_0H|_{U_\rho} and Â∞=A∞H|ℝν\K\widehat A_\infty=A_\infty H|_{\mathbb R^\nu\setminus K}. The letter HH keeps this globally invertible choice map distinct from the original GG, which may be singular inside KK. The unchanged formulas, in their original multiplication order, give Ĝ(X)=G(X)H(X),R̂0=R0H,P̂ext=PextH.(BE3) \begin{aligned} \widehat G(X)&=G(X)H(X),\\ \widehat R_0&=R_0H,\\ \widehat P_{\mathrm{ext}}&=P_{\mathrm{ext}}H. \end{aligned} \tag{BE3} The first identity holds on UρU_\rho by Ψ−1MGιÂ0=Ψ−1MGιA0H\Psi^{-1}M_G\iota\widehat A_0 =\Psi^{-1}M_G\iota A_0H, and on the exterior by Â∞=A∞H\widehat A_\infty=A_\infty H; these sets cover the full base. For the kernel of R0R_0, keep its original half-density and both point coordinates: if that matrix kernel is r0(X,Y)r_0(X,Y), the new kernel is exactly r0(X,Y)H(Y)r_0(X,Y)H(Y). Multiplication is at its input point, and the support remains in L×LL\times L. Smooth extension by zero therefore retains the same compact support. Adding the two identities proves the last line of (BE3).

On the full original space 𝒟=Cc∞(ℝν;ℂN)\mathcal D=C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^\nu;\mathbb C^N), multiplication by HH and by H−1H^{-1} are mutually inverse maps preserving each support exactly. Thus the actual defect maps are ker⁡P̂ext→ker⁡Pext,u↦Hu,ker⁡Pext→ker⁡P̂ext,v↦H−1v,P̂ext(𝒟)=Pext(𝒟),𝒟/P̂ext(𝒟)→𝒟/Pext(𝒟),[f]↦[f].(BE4) \begin{aligned} \ker\widehat P_{\mathrm{ext}}&\longrightarrow \ker P_{\mathrm{ext}},&u&\longmapsto Hu,\\ \ker P_{\mathrm{ext}}&\longrightarrow \ker\widehat P_{\mathrm{ext}},&v&\longmapsto H^{-1}v,\\ \widehat P_{\mathrm{ext}}(\mathcal D) &=P_{\mathrm{ext}}(\mathcal D),&&\\ \mathcal D/\widehat P_{\mathrm{ext}}(\mathcal D) &\longrightarrow\mathcal D/P_{\mathrm{ext}}(\mathcal D), &[f]&\longmapsto[f]. \end{aligned} \tag{BE4} Substitution in (BE3) proves both kernel maps and their composites. The range equality follows from the surjectivity of multiplication by HH; the quotient map is the identity on that identical range quotient. Hence these choices preserve both original defect dimensions and their difference whenever they are finite. The finite-dimensional assertions and index value remain supplied by the preceding argument, with no additional conclusion inferred from matrix factorization alone.

14. Exercises

Exercise 14.1 (The adjoint model). With H1=ℬ(ℝ)H_1=\mathcal B(\mathbb R) and H0=L2(ℝ)H_0=L^2(\mathbb R) as in Proposition 2.3, show that x−d/dx:H1→H0x-d/dx:H_1\to H_0 is injective, has closed range of codimension one, and has index −1-1. Identify its cokernel.

Solution. If (x−d/dx)u=0(x-d/dx)u=0, then (e−x2/2u)′=0(e^{-x^2/2}u)'=0, so u=Cex2/2u=Ce^{x^2/2}, which is in L2L^2 only for C=0C=0. As in (2.2), ∥(x−d/dx)u∥2=∥xu∥2+∥u′∥2+∥u∥2≥∥u∥ℬ2\|(x-d/dx)u\|^2=\|xu\|^2+\|u'\|^2+\|u\|^2\ge\|u\|_{\mathcal B}^2, so the operator is bounded below and its range is closed. A vector v∈L2v\in L^2 is orthogonal to the range exactly when (x+d/dx)v=0(x+d/dx)v=0 as a distribution, that is, v=Ce−x2/2v=Ce^{-x^2/2}. So the cokernel is spanned by the Gaussian, and the index is 0−1=−10-1=-1.

Exercise 14.2 (The case n=2n=2). Using the matrix of p(w)p(w) for n=2n=2 in Example 3.4, verify (3.3) directly. Write P=p(x+iD)P=p(x+iD) as a system acting on (u0,u12)(u_0,u_{12}), the coefficients of 11 and e1∧e2e_1\wedge e_2, and check (4.5) for u=𝗀e1∧e2u=\mathsf g\,e_1\wedge e_2.

Solution. p(w)*p(w)=(w1¯w2¯−w2w1)(w1−w2¯w2w1¯)=(|w1|2+|w2|200|w1|2+|w2|2), p(w)^*p(w)=\begin{pmatrix}\overline{w_1}&\overline{w_2}\\-w_2&w_1\end{pmatrix}\begin{pmatrix}w_1&-\overline{w_2}\\w_2&\overline{w_1}\end{pmatrix} =\begin{pmatrix}|w_1|^2+|w_2|^2&0\\0&|w_1|^2+|w_2|^2\end{pmatrix}, and p(w)p(w)*=|w|2Ip(w)p(w)^*=|w|^2I in the same way. Replacing wjw_j by aj=xj+∂ja_j=x_j+\partial_j and wj¯\overline{w_j} by aj†=xj−∂ja_j^\dagger=x_j-\partial_j (Proposition 3.2(4)), P(u0+u12e1∧e2)=(a1u0−a2†u12)e1+(a2u0+a1†u12)e2. P(u_0+u_{12}e_1\wedge e_2)=\bigl(a_1u_0-a_2^\dagger u_{12}\bigr)e_1+\bigl(a_2u_0+a_1^\dagger u_{12}\bigr)e_2 . For u=𝗀e1∧e2u=\mathsf g\,e_1\wedge e_2: aj†𝗀=2xj𝗀a_j^\dagger\mathsf g=2x_j\mathsf g, so Pu=−2x2𝗀e1+2x1𝗀e2Pu=-2x_2\mathsf g\,e_1+2x_1\mathsf g\,e_2 and ∥Pu∥2=4(∥x1𝗀∥2+∥x2𝗀∥2)\|Pu\|^2=4(\|x_1\mathsf g\|^2+\|x_2\mathsf g\|^2). Since ∫xj2e−|x|2dx=12∫e−|x|2dx\int x_j^2e^{-|x|^2}dx=\frac12\int e^{-|x|^2}dx, this is 4∥𝗀∥24\|\mathsf g\|^2. On the other side of (4.5), the degree-two term is 4⋅1⋅∥u∥2=4∥𝗀∥24\cdot1\cdot\|u\|^2=4\|\mathsf g\|^2, and aju=(aj𝗀)e1∧e2=0a_ju=(a_j\mathsf g)e_1\wedge e_2=0. The two sides agree.

Exercise 14.3 (Stable complements are stably unique). Let E⊕G≅X×ℂNE\oplus G\cong X\times\mathbb C^N and E⊕G′≅X×ℂN′E\oplus G'\cong X\times\mathbb C^{N'}. Show that G⊕(X×ℂN′)≅G′⊕(X×ℂN)G\oplus(X\times\mathbb C^{N'})\cong G'\oplus(X\times\mathbb C^N).

Solution. G⊕ℂN′≅G⊕(E⊕G′)≅(G⊕E)⊕G′≅ℂN⊕G′G\oplus\mathbb C^{N'}\cong G\oplus(E\oplus G')\cong(G\oplus E)\oplus G'\cong\mathbb C^N\oplus G', where ℂk\mathbb C^k stands for the trivial bundle and we use associativity and commutativity of the direct sum.

Exercise 14.4 (The homotopy (10.8)). Show that Hλ(x,ξ)H_\lambda(x,\xi) is invertible for ξ≠0\xi\ne0 and compute ∥Hλ−1∥\|H_\lambda^{-1}\|. Then consider the degree-one family, in which pp is evaluated at the vector with real part ((1−λ)|ξ|x+λ)x((1-\lambda)|\xi|_x+\lambda)x and imaginary part ϕ(δx)ξ((1+|x|2)/δ)1−λ\phi(\delta x)\xi((1+|x|^2)/\delta)^{1-\lambda}. It is the analogue of (10.8) with |ξ|x|\xi|_x in place of |ξ|x2|\xi|_x^2, except that the coefficient of iϕ(δx)ξi\phi(\delta x)\xi is interpolated geometrically; at λ=0\lambda=0 the real coefficient is |ξ|x=(1+|x|2)|ξ||\xi|_x=(1+|x|^2)|\xi|, while the imaginary coefficient is (1+|x|2)/δ(1+|x|^2)/\delta. They agree only if |ξ|=1/δ|\xi|=1/\delta. Show that it is also a family of invertible maps for ξ≠0\xi\ne0.

Solution. Hλ=sλp(wλ)H_\lambda=s_\lambda\,p(w_\lambda) with sλ>0s_\lambda>0 and wλ=aλx+icλϕ(δx)ξw_\lambda=a_\lambda x+ic_\lambda\phi(\delta x)\xi. By (3.3), ∥Hλ−1∥=1/(sλ|wλ|)\|H_\lambda^{-1}\|=1/(s_\lambda|w_\lambda|), with |wλ|2=aλ2|x|2+cλ2ϕ(δx)2|ξ|2|w_\lambda|^2=a_\lambda^2|x|^2+c_\lambda^2\phi(\delta x)^2|\xi|^2. This is positive: if x≠0x\ne0 the first term is positive since aλ>0a_\lambda>0; if x=0x=0, then ϕ(0)=1\phi(0)=1 and the second term is positive since cλ>0c_\lambda>0 and ξ≠0\xi\ne0. The degree-one family has the same form with the positive coefficients (1−λ)|ξ|x+λ(1-\lambda)|\xi|_x+\lambda and ((1+|x|2)/δ)1−λ((1+|x|^2)/\delta)^{1-\lambda}, so the same argument applies.

Exercise 14.5 (The correction term at one point). Let n=1n=1. Evaluate the formula of Example 8.3 with ε=δ=12\varepsilon=\delta=\tfrac12 and any θ\theta with 1/θ>41/\theta>4; the construction of Theorem 7.4 may need smaller values, and these only illustrate the formula. Compute σ0(B)(1,ξ)\sigma_0(B)(1,\xi) for ξ>0\xi>0, compare it with β(1,ξ)\beta(1,\xi) from (7.2), and check that the difference does not change the sign of the real part.

Solution. At x=1x=1, δx=12≤1\delta x=\tfrac12\le1, so ϕ(δx)=1\phi(\delta x)=1; and |x|=1<1/θ|x|=1<1/\theta, so ϕ(θx)=1\phi(\theta x)=1. Then η=1/δ=2\eta=1/\delta=2 and Tε(1,2)2=(1+14+1)−1=49T_\varepsilon(1,2)^2=(1+\tfrac14+1)^{-1}=\tfrac49. By Example 8.3, σ0(B)(1,ξ)=1−14⋅49+2i2=89+2i2,β(1,ξ)=1+2i2. \sigma_0(B)(1,\xi)=\frac{1-\tfrac14\cdot\tfrac49+2i}{\sqrt2}=\frac{\tfrac89+2i}{\sqrt2},\qquad \beta(1,\xi)=\frac{1+2i}{\sqrt2}. The difference is e(1,ξ)=−19/2e(1,\xi)=-\tfrac19/\sqrt2, which is not zero, and the real part stays positive. So β\beta alone is not the principal symbol, while the winding (and hence the index) is unchanged.

15. Editorial comparisons on the original graph domain

Reality of the kernel pairing

Corollary 5.5 chooses ε\varepsilon so that (Tε(x,D)−1𝗀,𝗀)>0(T_\varepsilon(x,D)^{-1}\mathsf g,\mathsf g)>0. Convergence alone would only place a complex number near a positive real number. Here the literal scalar symbol TεT_\varepsilon is real and even in ξ\xi, so its left operator commutes with complex conjugation: for a real Schwartz function, conjugate its Fourier integral and substitute ξ↦−ξ\xi\mapsto-\xi to recover exactly the same integral. Density extends this commutation to L2→ℬL^2\to\mathcal B. Bijectivity from Lemma 5.4 then implies that its inverse also commutes with conjugation. The original 𝗀=e−|x|2/2\mathsf g=e^{-|x|^2/2} is real, so the pairing is real. Keeping its original norm and using Lemma 5.4(g), we get Im⁡(Tε−1𝗀,𝗀)=0,(Tε−1𝗀,𝗀)≥∥𝗀∥2−∥Tε−1𝗀−𝗀∥∥𝗀∥≥12∥𝗀∥2>0(BS3) \operatorname{Im}(T_\varepsilon^{-1}\mathsf g,\mathsf g)=0,\qquad (T_\varepsilon^{-1}\mathsf g,\mathsf g) \ge\|\mathsf g\|^2 -\|T_\varepsilon^{-1}\mathsf g-\mathsf g\|\, \|\mathsf g\| \ge\frac12\|\mathsf g\|^2>0 \tag{BS3} for sufficiently small original ε>0\varepsilon>0. This supplies the exact reality step behind the stated choice, rather than altering the Gaussian, its pairing, or the symbol.

An exact strengthening of the full-form upper bound

The upper bound in (4.4) is ∥𝒟u∥≤2n+1∥u∥ℬ\|\mathcal Du\|\le\sqrt{2n+1}\|u\|_{\mathcal B}. For the original full exterior-form space, n≥1n\ge1, its optimal replacement constant is 2n/(n+1)\sqrt{2n/(n+1)}. The weaker original inequality remains true.

Let u=∑q=0nuqu=\sum_{q=0}^n u_q lie in ℬ⊗Λ\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda, and keep aj=xj+∂ja_j=x_j+\partial_j and the original norm ∥u∥ℬ2=∥u∥2+∑j(∥xju∥2+∥Dju∥2)\|u\|_{\mathcal B}^2=\|u\|^2+\sum_j(\|x_ju\|^2+\|D_ju\|^2). The complete comparison, using both (4.2) and (4.3), is 2nn+1[∥u∥2+∑j(∥xju∥2+∥Dju∥2)]−∥𝒟u∥2=n−1n+1[∑j(∥xju∥2+∥Dju∥2)−n∥u∥2]+2∑q=0n(n−q)∥uq∥2=n−1n+1∑j∥aju∥2+2∑q=0n(n−q)∥uq∥2≥0.(BS1) \begin{aligned} &\frac{2n}{n+1} \left[\|u\|^2+\sum_j(\|x_ju\|^2+\|D_ju\|^2)\right] -\|\mathcal Du\|^2\\ &\quad=\frac{n-1}{n+1} \left[\sum_j(\|x_ju\|^2+\|D_ju\|^2)-n\|u\|^2\right] +2\sum_{q=0}^n(n-q)\|u_q\|^2\\ &\quad=\frac{n-1}{n+1}\sum_j\|a_ju\|^2 +2\sum_{q=0}^n(n-q)\|u_q\|^2\ \ge0 . \end{aligned} \tag{BS1} Every summand, degree and original norm factor is retained. The final nonnegativity uses precisely n≥1n\ge1 and 0≤q≤n0\le q\le n. This proves the stronger bound on the same domain; it makes no change of scale.

It is sharp. Use the original, unscaled Gaussian u(x)=e−|x|2/2e1∧⋯∧enu(x)=e^{-|x|^2/2}e_1\wedge\cdots\wedge e_n, of degree nn. For this input aju=0a_ju=0. Integration by parts in ∫xj2e−|x|2dx\int x_j^2e^{-|x|^2}\,dx gives ∥xju∥2=∥u∥2/2\|x_ju\|^2=\|u\|^2/2, and Dju=ixjuD_ju=ix_ju, so the derivative norm is the same. Consequently ∥u∥ℬ2=(n+1)∥u∥2,∥𝒟u∥2=2n∥u∥2.(BS2) \|u\|_{\mathcal B}^2=(n+1)\|u\|^2,\qquad \|\mathcal Du\|^2=2n\|u\|^2 . \tag{BS2} This nonzero input attains equality in (BS1). The formula holds also for n=1n=1, where the first nonnegative term in (BS1) is zero.

The same stronger upper bound holds on the original even domain of PP. Its exact parity norm is derived below. The original lower graph estimate, compactness, maximal domain, odd gap and index-one proof remain unchanged. The stronger estimate is an editorial addition to the original oscillator argument.

The exact parity constants are derived below; they strengthen that earlier bounded conclusion on the same domains.

Figure BS-F1. For the original full exterior-form domain B tensor Lambda and n>=1, BS1 retains every original graph-norm term and proves the exact sharp upper constant sqrt(2n/(n+1)); BS2 attains it at the unscaled degree-n Gaussian. The weaker original sqrt(2n+1) bound is plotted for comparison. The displayed points are n=1,…,12; connecting lines guide the eye and do not extend the integer dimension domain. This figure does not claim that the same bound is optimal for P restricted to even forms. Reproducible source: figures/bott_full_graph_bound.py.

The endpoint description in Exercise 14.4

The displayed degree-one family has real coefficient aλ(1)=(1−λ)|ξ|x+λa_\lambda^{(1)}=(1-\lambda)|\xi|_x+\lambda and imaginary coefficient cλ(1)=((1+|x|2)/δ)1−λc_\lambda^{(1)}=((1+|x|^2)/\delta)^{1-\lambda}. Its parenthetical assertion that both coefficients at λ=0\lambda=0 equal (1+|x|2)/δ(1+|x|^2)/\delta is false for general ξ\xi. The actual endpoints, retaining the original covector norm, are a0(1)=|ξ|x=(1+|x|2)|ξ|,c0(1)=(1+|x|2)/δ,a1(1)=c1(1)=1.(BS4) a_0^{(1)}=|\xi|_x=(1+|x|^2)|\xi|,\qquad c_0^{(1)}=(1+|x|^2)/\delta,\qquad a_1^{(1)}=c_1^{(1)}=1 . \tag{BS4} The first two agree precisely when |ξ|=1/δ|\xi|=1/\delta. For example, x=0,δ=1/2,|ξ|=1x=0,\delta=1/2,|\xi|=1 gives 11 and 22.

The conclusion of the exercise remains valid. Keep its scalar sλ=λψ(x)+(1−λ)(|x|2+ϕ(δx)2)−1/2>0s_\lambda=\lambda\psi(x)+(1-\lambda) (|x|^2+\phi(\delta x)^2)^{-1/2}>0. Then Kλ=sλp(aλ(1)x+icλ(1)ϕ(δx)ξ),∥Kλ−1∥=1sλ(aλ(1))2|x|2+(cλ(1))2ϕ(δx)2|ξ|2. K_\lambda=s_\lambda p\!\left( a_\lambda^{(1)}x+i c_\lambda^{(1)}\phi(\delta x)\xi\right), \qquad \|K_\lambda^{-1}\|= \frac{1}{s_\lambda \sqrt{(a_\lambda^{(1)})^2|x|^2+ (c_\lambda^{(1)})^2\phi(\delta x)^2|\xi|^2}} . For ξ≠0\xi\ne0 both coefficients are strictly positive. If x≠0x\ne0 the first term in the square root is positive; if x=0x=0, the second is positive because ϕ(0)=1\phi(0)=1. The norm formula follows from the original identity p(w)*p(w)=|w|2Ip(w)^*p(w)=|w|^2I, on the original parity spaces. Real-linearity gives K0=|ξ|xβK_0=|\xi|_x\beta, and K1=ψ(x)p(x+iϕ(δx)ξ)K_1= \psi(x)p(x+i\phi(\delta x)\xi). Thus the formula, endpoint maps and invertibility proof need no alteration; only the assertion that the two intermediate coefficients agree is removed. This does not change (10.8), Theorem 9.2 or Theorem 13.1.

Sharp constants on the two original parity domains

Let 𝒫\mathcal P be the set of even degrees or of odd degrees in {0,…,n}\{0,\ldots,n\}, with n≥1n\ge1, and let q𝒫=max⁡𝒫q_{\mathcal P}=\max\mathcal P. Keep exactly the original operator 𝒟\mathcal D, its restricted domain, and its full graph norm. Its norm on that domain is C𝒫=max⁡{1,2q𝒫/(n+1)},qe=2⌊n/2⌋,qo=2⌈n/2⌉−1.(BS5) C_{\mathcal P}= \sqrt{\max\{1,\,2q_{\mathcal P}/(n+1)\}},\qquad q_e=2\lfloor n/2\rfloor,\quad q_o=2\lceil n/2\rceil-1 . \tag{BS5} For even input this is the norm of P:ℬ⊗Λe→L2⊗ΛoP:\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda^e \to L^2\otimes\Lambda^o. For odd input it is the norm of the original differential adjoint on ℬ⊗Λo\mathcal B\otimes\Lambda^o; it is not a claim about the Hilbert adjoint of a map whose domain has the graph inner product.

Here is the complete upper-bound calculation. Write U=∥u∥2U=\|u\|^2, E=∑j(∥xju∥2+∥Dju∥2)E=\sum_j(\|x_ju\|^2+\|D_ju\|^2), and c=C𝒫2c=C_{\mathcal P}^2. The exact energy identity in Section 4 gives c[U+E]−∥𝒟u∥2=(c−1)(E−nU)+∑q∈𝒫(c(n+1)−2q)∥uq∥2=(c−1)∑j∥aju∥2+∑q∈𝒫(c(n+1)−2q)∥uq∥2≥0.(BS6) \begin{aligned} c\left[U+E\right]-\|\mathcal Du\|^2 &= (c-1)(E-nU)+ \sum_{q\in\mathcal P}\bigl(c(n+1)-2q\bigr)\|u_q\|^2\\ &= (c-1)\sum_j\|a_ju\|^2+ \sum_{q\in\mathcal P}\bigl(c(n+1)-2q\bigr)\|u_q\|^2 \ \ge0 . \end{aligned} \tag{BS6} All coefficients are nonnegative by (BS5). The first equality retains the original −nU-nU, every degree term and the extra UU in the graph norm. The second uses the same aj=xj+∂ja_j=x_j+\partial_j, without a change of scale. The identity extends from Schwartz forms to the full original domain by its already-proved graph density.

If 2q𝒫≥n+12q_{\mathcal P}\ge n+1, take u=𝗀eJu=\mathsf g e_J, |J|=q𝒫|J|=q_{\mathcal P}, with the original 𝗀=e−|x|2/2\mathsf g=e^{-|x|^2/2}. Then ∥u∥ℬ2=(n+1)∥𝗀∥2,∥𝒟u∥2=2q𝒫∥𝗀∥2.(BS7) \|u\|_{\mathcal B}^2=(n+1)\|\mathsf g\|^2,\qquad \|\mathcal Du\|^2=2q_{\mathcal P}\|\mathsf g\|^2 . \tag{BS7} This attains the bound, including the equality case.

The remaining cases are even input with n=1n=1, and odd input with n=2n=2. The constant is 11. For any legal degree qq, take the actual Schwartz inputs ut(x)=eitx1𝗀(x)eJu_t(x)=e^{itx_1}\mathsf g(x)e_J, t∈ℝt\in\mathbb R. Since a1ut=ituta_1u_t=it u_t and ajut=0a_ju_t=0 for j>1j>1, the complete original energy and graph-norm calculation is ∥ut∥ℬ2=(n+1+t2)∥𝗀∥2,∥𝒟ut∥2=(2q+t2)∥𝗀∥2,∥𝒟ut∥2∥ut∥ℬ2=2q+t2n+1+t2→1.(BS8) \|u_t\|_{\mathcal B}^2=(n+1+t^2)\|\mathsf g\|^2,\qquad \|\mathcal Du_t\|^2=(2q+t^2)\|\mathsf g\|^2,\qquad \frac{\|\mathcal Du_t\|^2}{\|u_t\|_{\mathcal B}^2} =\frac{2q+t^2}{n+1+t^2}\longrightarrow1 . \tag{BS8} The coefficient n+1−2qn+1-2q in (BS6) is strictly positive in these two cases, so no nonzero vector attains the constant. The limit proves that no smaller bound is possible. These calculations establish (BS5) for every positive integer nn, and identify attainment exactly. They sharpen the upper constants only; the kernel, odd lower gap, full principal correction and index proof keep their original formulas and conclusions.

Figure BS-F2. Sharp norms on the original full, even and odd graph domains, for positive integer dimensions n=1,…,12. BS5–BS8 prove every plotted value. A hollow point marks the unattained even norm at n=1 or odd norm at n=2; all other displayed parity constants are attained by the unscaled Gaussian in the highest permitted degree. Connecting lines only guide the eye. Reproducible source: figures/bott_parity_graph_bound.py.

16. Keeping the original symbol through suspension

The degree changes in the suspension proof concern different symbols. This section records the full maps from the original continuous qorigq^{\mathrm{orig}}, preserving its values, both vector bundles and the complete suspended block. Let Y+Y_+ be the union of the positive-dimensional components of YY. Fix the original cotangent norm hYh_Y, and choose R>0R>0 such that the compact exceptional set of qorigq^{\mathrm{orig}} over Y+Y_+ lies in {hY<R}\{h_Y<R\}. This disk bundle is compact because Y+Y_+ is compact.

Write r=hY(y,η)r=h_Y(y,\eta) and, for r>0r>0, ω=η/r\omega=\eta/r. For 0≤t≤10\le t\le1 define the first family by rt=(1−t)r+tR,qt[a](y,η)={qorig(y,η),r≤R,rrtqorig(y,rtω),r≥R.(BQ1) r_t=(1-t)r+tR,\qquad q^{[a]}_t(y,\eta)= \begin{cases} q^{\mathrm{orig}}(y,\eta),&r\le R,\\ \displaystyle\frac r{r_t} q^{\mathrm{orig}}(y,r_t\omega),&r\ge R . \end{cases} \tag{BQ1} The formulas agree at r=Rr=R, and q0[a]=qorigq^{[a]}_0=q^{\mathrm{orig}}. For r≥Rr\ge R, rt≥Rr_t\ge R and r/rt>0r/r_t>0, so the map is invertible. The family is jointly continuous on the entire cotangent bundle: the formula near r=0r=0 is the unchanged original symbol. At t=1t=1 its exterior value is (r/R)qorig(y,Rω)(r/R)q^{\mathrm{orig}}(y,R\omega).

The next family is stationary outside the radius-RR disk and equals qt[b](y,η)=(1−t)q1[a](y,η)+trRqorig(y,Rω)(0<r≤R),qt[b](y,0)=(1−t)qorig(y,0).(BQ2) q^{[b]}_t(y,\eta)= (1-t)q^{[a]}_1(y,\eta) +t\,\frac rR q^{\mathrm{orig}}(y,R\omega) \quad(0<r\le R),\qquad q^{[b]}_t(y,0)=(1-t)q^{\mathrm{orig}}(y,0). \tag{BQ2} It agrees at r=Rr=R. The second summand tends uniformly to zero as r→0r\to0, because the original symbol on the radius-RR sphere is bounded. Thus this family is jointly continuous, and all its possible defects remain in that same disk bundle. Its last member is the degree-one map rf(y,ω)r f(y,\omega), where f(y,ω)=R−1qorig(y,Rω)f(y,\omega)=R^{-1}q^{\mathrm{orig}}(y,R\omega). The full original evaluation and the factor R−1R^{-1} remain explicit.

On the compact unit cosphere ff is continuous and invertible. The inverse is continuous by the finite-matrix inverse formula in bundle frames, and is bounded. Choose a smooth bundle-map approximation aa with sup⁡∥f−1(a−f)∥=θ0<1\sup\|f^{-1}(a-f)\|=\theta_0<1. Such an approximation is obtained by finite frame charts, a partition of unity and componentwise convolution; uniform continuity controls the error, and compactness controls the transition matrices. Define qt[c](y,η)=r[(1−t)f(y,ω)+ta(y,ω)](r>0),qt[c](y,0)=0.(BQ3) q^{[c]}_t(y,\eta) =r\bigl[(1-t)f(y,\omega)+t a(y,\omega)\bigr]\quad(r>0), \qquad q^{[c]}_t(y,0)=0 . \tag{BQ3} Continuity at zero follows from the bounded bracket. Its inverse away from zero is the actual ordered expression r−1[I+tf−1(a−f)]−1f−1,[I+tf−1(a−f)]−1=∑j=0∞[−tf−1(a−f)]j. r^{-1}\bigl[I+t f^{-1}(a-f)\bigr]^{-1}f^{-1}, \qquad \bigl[I+t f^{-1}(a-f)\bigr]^{-1} =\sum_{j=0}^\infty[-t f^{-1}(a-f)]^j . The series converges uniformly, because its norm ratio is at most θ0<1\theta_0<1. No commuting matrix factors are assumed. The last member q[1]=ra(y,ω)q^{[1]}=r a(y,\omega) is smooth off zero and continuous at zero; it is a different symbol linked by these exact families.

Finally set qt[d](y,η)=[(1−t)+thY(y,η)]q[1](y,η),q[2]=hYq[1].(BQ4) q^{[d]}_t(y,\eta)=\bigl[(1-t)+t h_Y(y,\eta)\bigr]q^{[1]}(y,\eta), \qquad q^{[2]}=h_Y q^{[1]} . \tag{BQ4} For every nonzero η\eta the displayed scalar is positive. At zero, the whole product is zero and is jointly continuous. The last symbol has degree two. These four families concatenate with their specified endpoints. Every possible defect lies in the same radius-RR disk bundle, and the original qorigq^{\mathrm{orig}} has never been identified with either new symbol.

Here is the receiving map for the full suspension, rather than only its factor index. First join the original extension q̃orig\widetilde q^{\mathrm{orig}} from (S5) to q̃stdorig=∑kωk(πt)4qorig(πt,hk(t,τ))\widetilde q_{\mathrm{std}}^{\mathrm{orig}} =\sum_k\omega_k(\pi t)^4q^{\mathrm{orig}}(\pi t,h_k(t,\tau)) by their straight line. Both satisfy (9.1), and every intermediate extension does too. For each member qγq_\gamma of (BQ1)–(BQ4) lift it as q̃γ(t,τ)=∑kωk(πt)4qγ(πt,hk(t,τ)),dγ=(ψ(x)p(x+iξϕ(x))⊗I−I⊗q̃γ*I⊗q̃γψ(x)p(x+iξϕ(x))*⊗I).(BQ5) \widetilde q_\gamma(t,\tau) =\sum_k\omega_k(\pi t)^4 q_\gamma(\pi t,h_k(t,\tau)),\qquad d_\gamma= \begin{pmatrix} \psi(x)p(x+i\xi\phi(x))\otimes I& -I\otimes\widetilde q_\gamma^*\\ I\otimes\widetilde q_\gamma& \psi(x)p(x+i\xi\phi(x))^*\otimes I \end{pmatrix}. \tag{BQ5} Every original weight, real cutoff, positive factor, conjugate adjoint, sign and tensor order is retained. Since ∑kωk4=1\sum_k\omega_k^4=1 and hk(t,π*η)=ηh_k(t,\pi^*\eta)=\eta, this lift restricts to qγq_\gamma on the covectors in (9.1).

If x≠0x\ne0, if ξ≠0\xi\ne0, or at the section at infinity, the first factor in this block is invertible by the argument of Theorem 9.2(1). The block lemma therefore applies regardless of the lifted symbol. At the remaining points x=0,ξ=0x=0,\xi=0, write τ=π*η\tau=\pi^*\eta; then the lifted symbol is exactly qγ(y,η)q_\gamma(y,\eta). Consequently every defect of every block in (BQ5) lies in the common compact set {(0y,π*η):hY(y,η)≤R}\{(0_y,\pi^*\eta):h_Y(y,\eta)\le R\}. The initial extension straight line has the same conclusion. At fibre infinity the diagonal is the identity in the second trivialization, and the lifted off-diagonal maps are continuous; hence joint continuity holds there too.

If the fibre proof selects the cutoff ϕ(δx)\phi(\delta x), the additional family (1−t)ϕorig(x)+tϕ(δx)(1-t)\phi^{\mathrm{orig}}(x)+t\phi(\delta x) retains real values, value one at zero, and vanishes outside the larger of the two fixed radial supports. The preceding block argument applies unchanged. The original ψ\psi can remain fixed throughout. Homotopy invariance now proves, on the original bundles, s-ind⁡dorig=s-ind⁡d(q[2],q̃std[2]),s-ind⁡qorig=s-ind⁡q[2].(BQ6) \operatorname{s-ind}d^{\mathrm{orig}} =\operatorname{s-ind}d\!\left(q^{[2]}, \widetilde q^{[2]}_{\mathrm{std}}\right),\qquad \operatorname{s-ind}q^{\mathrm{orig}} =\operatorname{s-ind}q^{[2]} . \tag{BQ6} Section 10 computes the right-hand block index by its actual operator, including both kernel isomorphisms. Combining those equalities proves the conclusion for the original block and original symbol. This comparison does not assert a literal equality of symbols or of their operators.

A zero-dimensional component is a finite set of points and has no cosphere. Keep its original finite-dimensional maps unchanged. Corollary 10.1(2) computes their suspension index by the actual block and the rank difference. A compact manifold has finitely many components; indices and the constructions add over them. This gives the original statement for all components without applying a nonexistent radial construction to a zero-dimensional base component.

Where this leads

17. Editorial prerequisite appendix: exact receiving proofs

The proofs below supply the split-metric composition and elementary foundations used by Facts 1.9 and 1.17–1.20. They use the coordinate, Fourier, support and pairing conventions of Section 1.

17.1. The full split metric in Fact 1.9

Retain X=(x,ξ)X=(x,\xi), T=(t,τ)T=(t,\tau), σ(T,S)=τ⋅s−t⋅υ\sigma(T,S)=\tau\cdot s-t\cdot\upsilon, and the original positive quadratic form gXg_X. Write its matrix in these same coordinates as gX(t,τ)=ttAXt+2ttCXτ+τtBXτ. g_X(t,\tau)=t^tA_Xt+2t^tC_X\tau+\tau^tB_X\tau. The stated reflection equality gives 4ttCXτ=04t^tC_X\tau=0 for every original pair t,τt,\tau, hence every entry of CXC_X is zero. The two principal blocks AX,BXA_X,B_X are positive definite. Taking the supremum in the original dual definition, or completing the two independent positive squares, gives qX(t,τ)=gXσ(t,τ)=ttBX−1t+τtAX−1τ,h(X)2=max⁡{supt≠0ttAXtttBX−1t,supτ≠0τtBXττtAX−1τ}.(P261.1) q_X(t,\tau)=g_X^\sigma(t,\tau) =t^tB_X^{-1}t+\tau^tA_X^{-1}\tau, \qquad h(X)^2=\max\left\{ \sup_{t\ne0}\frac{t^tA_Xt}{t^tB_X^{-1}t}, \sup_{\tau\ne0}\frac{\tau^tB_X\tau}{\tau^tA_X^{-1}\tau} \right\}. \tag{P261.1} Indeed the quotient for a mixed nonzero direction is the weighted mean of these two quotients, with weights its two nonnegative denominator contributions; a pure direction gives each component supremum. Thus 0<h≤10<h\le1 follows exactly from g≤qg\le q. No derivative of a metric matrix is required. Reflection also holds for qq.

For the two original Bott metrics this gives, without changing their measuring scale, gX(t,τ)=R(X)−2(|t|2+|τ|2),gXσ(t,τ)=R(X)2(|t|2+|τ|2),hg(X)=R(X)−2,GX(t,τ)=⟨x⟩−2|t|2+⟨ξ⟩−2|τ|2,GXσ(t,τ)=⟨ξ⟩2|t|2+⟨x⟩2|τ|2,hG(X)=⟨x⟩−1⟨ξ⟩−1. \begin{aligned} g_X(t,\tau)&=R(X)^{-2}(|t|^2+|\tau|^2),& g_X^\sigma(t,\tau)&=R(X)^2(|t|^2+|\tau|^2),& h_g(X)&=R(X)^{-2},\\ G_X(t,\tau)&=\langle x\rangle^{-2}|t|^2+ \langle\xi\rangle^{-2}|\tau|^2,& G_X^\sigma(t,\tau)&=\langle\xi\rangle^2|t|^2+ \langle x\rangle^2|\tau|^2,& h_G(X)&=\langle x\rangle^{-1}\langle\xi\rangle^{-1}. \end{aligned} Every factor R(X)2=1+|x|2+|ξ|2R(X)^2=1+|x|^2+|\xi|^2, ⟨x⟩2=1+|x|2\langle x\rangle^2=1+|x|^2, and ⟨ξ⟩2=1+|ξ|2\langle\xi\rangle^2=1+|\xi|^2 remains. Their slow-variation and ordered temperateness proofs are the existing Lemma 7.1 and oscillator metric argument; the present receiving map does not alter their hypotheses.

For the actual quantization-change phase Φc(p,r)=cp⋅r\Phi_c(p,r)=c\,p\cdot r, c≠0c\ne0, its symmetric map is Bc=c2(0InIn0),gX(Bc(p,r))=c24(rtAXr+ptBXp). B_c=\frac c2\begin{pmatrix}0&I_n\\I_n&0\end{pmatrix},\qquad g_X(B_c(p,r))=\frac{c^2}{4} \big(r^tA_Xr+p^tB_Xp\big). The phase-dual supremum therefore gives, in the unchanged original directions, gXΦc(t,τ)=4c2(ttBX−1t+τtAX−1τ)=4c2qX(t,τ),hg,Φc=|c|2h.(P261.2) g_X^{\Phi_c}(t,\tau)=\frac4{c^2} \big(t^tB_X^{-1}t+\tau^tA_X^{-1}\tau\big) =\frac4{c^2}q_X(t,\tau),\qquad h_{g,\Phi_c}=\frac{|c|}{2}h. \tag{P261.2} The distance conversion needed for every original ordered metric and weight inequality is 1+qY(X−Y)≤max⁡(1,c2/4)(1+4c−2qY(X−Y)).(P261.3) 1+q_Y(X-Y)\le\max(1,c^2/4) \big(1+4c^{-2}q_Y(X-Y)\big). \tag{P261.3} An exponent LL therefore keeps its original constant multiplied by max⁡(1,c2/4)L\max(1,c^2/4)^L. The factor 4/c24/c^2 in a comparison of the phase-dual forms occurs on both sides and remains identifiable before cancellation. Slow variation and local weight continuity use exactly the original gg. These calculations verify the hypotheses of the preceding Gauss finite-bound theorem (G24)–(G26), with observation space all of ℝ2n\mathbb R^{2n}, actual phase bound |c|/2|c|/2, and counting factor (1+|c|/2)2n(1+|c|/2)^{2n}.

Consequently Tc=exp⁡(ic⟨Dx,Dξ⟩)T_c=\exp(ic\langle D_x,D_\xi\rangle), with D=−i∂D=-i\partial, is a continuous map S(m,g)→S(m,g)S(m,g)\to S(m,g), with bounded-set local smooth continuity. Its remainder of order NN has target S(mhN,g)S(mh^N,g) and directional estimate |∂T1⋯∂Tl(Tca−∑j<N(ic⟨Dx,Dξ⟩)ja/j!)(X)|≤CN,l,c(|c|/2)Nm(X)h(X)N∏r=1lgX(Tr)1/2p≤J(a;m,g),(P261.4) |\partial_{T_1}\cdots\partial_{T_l} (T_ca-\sum_{j<N}(ic\langle D_x,D_\xi\rangle)^ja/j!)(X)| \le C_{N,l,c}(|c|/2)^N m(X)h(X)^N \prod_{r=1}^lg_X(T_r)^{1/2}\,p_{\le J}(a;m,g), \tag{P261.4} for a finite JJ. The zero phase is T0=IT_0=I: its zeroth remainder is aa, and all positive-order remainders vanish. The preceding polynomial-growth and bounded compact approximation argument, equations (A3), (A35b), identifies these maps with their distributional Fourier multipliers, so TcTd=Tc+dT_cT_d=T_{c+d} and T−cT_{-c} is the exact inverse. In particular the full maps on the original classes, with coefficient order retained, are S(m1,g)×S(m2,g)→(T−1/2,T−1/2)S(m1,g)×S(m2,g)→#S(m1m2,g)→T1/2S(m1m2,g).(P261.5) S(m_1,g)\times S(m_2,g) \xrightarrow{\ (T_{-1/2},T_{-1/2})\ } S(m_1,g)\times S(m_2,g) \xrightarrow{\ \#\ }S(m_1m_2,g) \xrightarrow{\ T_{1/2}\ }S(m_1m_2,g). \tag{P261.5} The middle map is the preceding Weyl theorem (W31)–(W34), specialized to the same original metric in both factors: its cross parameter is H=hH=h, its product metric is g⊕gg\oplus g, its diagonal metric is 2g2g, its actual quadratic phase parameter is h/4h/4, and its derivative comparisons retain 4−N4^{-N}, 2l/22^{l/2}, and the tensor factor 2J2^J. The two conversion phases also have parameter h/4h/4.

The original Weyl multiplier and its restriction are a#b=exp(i2[⟨Dξ,Dy⟩−⟨Dx,Dη⟩])[a(x,ξ)b(y,η)]|(y,η)=(x,ξ). a\#b= \left. \exp\left(\frac i2 [\langle D_\xi,D_y\rangle-\langle D_x,D_\eta\rangle]\right) [a(x,\xi)b(y,\eta)] \right|_{(y,\eta)=(x,\xi)}. For general symbols this denotes the preceding bounded weak extension. Its product directions (T,T)(T,T) have squared length 2gX(T)2g_X(T), exactly accounting for the indicated diagonal factor. The tensor product uses the displayed order a(x,ξ)b(y,η)a(x,\xi)b(y,\eta); no commutativity of matrix coefficients is assumed.

The preceding operator action (A21) and exact Weyl operator identity (A25), together with the kernel conversion (A36)–(A37), identify (P261.5) with a∘b=T1/2((T−1/2a)#(T−1/2b)),Op⁡0(a)Op⁡0(b)=Op⁡0(a∘b)on 𝒮.(P261.6) a\circ b=T_{1/2}\big((T_{-1/2}a)\#(T_{-1/2}b)\big),\qquad \operatorname{Op}_0(a)\operatorname{Op}_0(b)=\operatorname{Op}_0(a\circ b) \quad\hbox{on }\mathcal S. \tag{P261.6} Here the kernel is always the original (2π)−n∫ei(x−y)⋅ξa(x,ξ)dξ(2\pi)^{-n}\int e^{i(x-y)\cdot\xi}a(x,\xi)\,d\xi. Its partial Fourier transform is injective, so the symbol is unique. Each operator has its continuous Schwartz action, making the composite defined on the stated domain.

For the precise remainder required by Fact 1.9, write U=T−1/2U=T_{-1/2}, V=T1/2V=T_{1/2}, ra=Ua−a∈S(m1h,g)r_a=Ua-a\in S(m_1h,g), rb=Ub−b∈S(m2h,g)r_b=Ub-b\in S(m_2h,g), and P=Ua#UbP=Ua\#Ub. Then the following is an exact identity, with every ordered term retained: a∘b−ab=(VP−P)+(P−(Ua)(Ub))+rab+arb+rarb.(P261.7) a\circ b-ab=(VP-P)+(P-(Ua)(Ub))+r_a b+a r_b+r_a r_b. \tag{P261.7} The first term is in S(m1m2h,g)S(m_1m_2h,g) by the conversion estimate on the actual weight m1m2m_1m_2. The second has that target by the Weyl order-one remainder on the converted inputs. The third and fourth have that target by the full directional product rule. The fifth lies in S(m1m2h2,g)S(m_1m_2h^2,g), whose inclusion into S(m1m2h,g)S(m_1m_2h,g) has bound one because the original h≤1h\le1. Every estimate uses finitely many input seminorms. Products and powers of hh are legitimate weights: slow variation compares g,qg,q on the same small balls, while qX≤CqYRLq_X\le Cq_YR^L, R=1+qY(X−Y)R=1+q_Y(X-Y), implies gY≤CgXRLg_Y\le Cg_XR^L, qY≥C−1qXR−Lq_Y\ge C^{-1}q_XR^{-L}, and therefore h(Y)≤Ch(X)RLh(Y)\le Ch(X)R^L. This proves exactly the target, dependence and domain in Fact 1.9.

17.2. Fact 1.17: inverses, full supports and Green’s formula

The inverse function theorem in the original coordinates. Let f:U⊂ℝd→ℝdf:U\subset\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^d be CrC^r, 1≤r≤∞1\le r\le\infty, x0∈Ux_0\in U, and A=df(x0)A=df(x_0) invertible. The preceding finite-coordinate calculus (OC18)–(OC21a), matrix inversion and completeness give the following direct proof. Choose a closed ball B¯(x0,ρ)⊂U\overline B(x_0,\rho)\subset U and 0<q<10<q<1 so that supx∈B¯(x0,ρ)∥I−A−1df(x)∥≤q.(P261.8) \sup_{x\in\overline B(x_0,\rho)}\|I-A^{-1}df(x)\|\le q. \tag{P261.8} For the unchanged target yy, define Γy(x)=x+A−1(y−f(x))\Gamma_y(x)=x+A^{-1}(y-f(x)). The segment integral of its derivative proves |Γy(x)−Γy(z)|≤q|x−z|,|Γy(x)−x0|≤q|x−x0|+|A−1(y−f(x0))|.(P261.9) |\Gamma_y(x)-\Gamma_y(z)|\le q|x-z|,\qquad |\Gamma_y(x)-x_0|\le q|x-x_0|+|A^{-1}(y-f(x_0))|. \tag{P261.9} For |A−1(y−f(x0))|<(1−q)ρ|A^{-1}(y-f(x_0))|<(1-q)\rho, this map takes the closed ball into itself. Its iterates xj+1=Γy(xj)x_{j+1}=\Gamma_y(x_j) satisfy |xj+1−xj|≤qj|x1−x0|,|xl−xj|≤qj1−q|x1−x0|(l>j). |x_{j+1}-x_j|\le q^j|x_1-x_0|,\qquad |x_l-x_j|\le \frac{q^j}{1-q}|x_1-x_0|\quad(l>j). Coordinate completeness supplies a limit F(y)F(y); continuity gives Γy(F(y))=F(y)\Gamma_y(F(y))=F(y), hence f(F(y))=yf(F(y))=y. Two fixed points agree by (P261.9). Moreover |F(y)−F(z)|≤(1−q)−1∥A−1∥|y−z|.(P261.10) |F(y)-F(z)|\le (1-q)^{-1}\|A^{-1}\||y-z|. \tag{P261.10} The strict target inequality and (P261.9) put each fixed point inside the open ball. Thus ff restricts to a bijection between the open set B(x0,ρ)∩f−1(V)B(x_0,\rho)\cap f^{-1}(V) and the displayed open target set VV, and FF is continuous.

All df(x)df(x) in this ball are invertible: A−1df(x)=I−(I−A−1df(x))A^{-1}df(x)=I-(I-A^{-1}df(x)) has its full convergent Neumann inverse. For x=F(y)x=F(y) and δ=F(y+k)−F(y)\delta=F(y+k)-F(y), differentiability of the original ff gives k=df(x)δ+o(|δ|),δ=df(x)−1k+o(|k|),(P261.11) k=df(x)\delta+o(|\delta|),\qquad \delta=df(x)^{-1}k+o(|k|), \tag{P261.11} where the second remainder follows from (P261.10). Therefore dF(y)=df(F(y))−1dF(y)=df(F(y))^{-1}, continuously. Induction using the proved coordinate chain rule and smooth matrix inversion gives F∈CrF\in C^r: if FF is CjC^j and j<rj<r, the displayed derivative is CjC^j, so FF is Cj+1C^{j+1}. No coordinates or derivative factors were removed. In dimension zero the sole local map and its inverse are the identity on the one point.

Partitions for the entire stated cover. Let MM be a Hausdorff second countable smooth manifold and (Uα)(U_\alpha) any open cover. Every point has coordinate balls with compact closures inside a specified neighborhood: choose two Euclidean balls with nested compact closures inside its chart, and transport the closures back. They remain compact and closed because MM is Hausdorff. A second countable space has a countable subcover of any open cover: for each basis member contained in some cover member choose one such member; these countably many members cover every point. Thus take a countable family of precompact coordinate balls VjV_j covering MM.

Construct compact sets KrK_r with Kr⊂int⁡Kr+1K_r\subset\operatorname{int}K_{r+1} and ⋃rKr=M\bigcup_rK_r=M. Start with K0=⌀K_0=\varnothing. Given KrK_r, finitely many precompact balls cover it; let Kr+1K_{r+1} be the union of their closures and V¯1,…,V¯r+1\overline V_1,\ldots,\overline V_{r+1}. This finite union is compact, contains KrK_r in its interior, and includes every original VjV_j eventually. Set all negatively indexed KrK_r to the empty set. The compact shell Cr=Kr\int⁡Kr−1C_r=K_r\setminus\operatorname{int}K_{r-1} lies in the open set int⁡Kr+1\Kr−2\operatorname{int}K_{r+1}\setminus K_{r-2}. Choose finitely many pairs of coordinate balls Vri,WriV_{ri},W_{ri}, whose smaller members cover CrC_r, such that V¯ri⊂Wri,W¯ri⊂(int⁡Kr+1\Kr−2)∩Uα(ri).(P261.12) \overline V_{ri}\subset W_{ri},\qquad \overline W_{ri}\subset (\operatorname{int}K_{r+1}\setminus K_{r-2})\cap U_{\alpha(ri)}. \tag{P261.12} The family of larger balls is locally finite. Indeed a point has a neighborhood inside some int⁡KN\operatorname{int}K_N, and this neighborhood meets no WriW_{ri} with r≥N+2r\ge N+2; only finitely many balls occur for each remaining rr.

The preceding cutoff construction in metric foundations Section 5 supplies smooth bri≥0b_{ri}\ge0, equal to one on V¯ri\overline V_{ri}, with support contained in W¯ri\overline W_{ri}. Its extension by zero is smooth because that compact support stays inside its coordinate chart. Every point is in some shell, so b=∑r,ibrib=\sum_{r,i}b_{ri} is positive. Local finiteness makes bb smooth and gives the same property to ϕri=bri/b,ϕα=∑α(ri)=αϕri,∑αϕα=1.(P261.13) \phi_{ri}=b_{ri}/b,\qquad \phi_\alpha=\sum_{\alpha(ri)=\alpha}\phi_{ri},\qquad \sum_\alpha\phi_\alpha=1. \tag{P261.13} The union of any subfamily of the closed supports supp⁡bri\operatorname{supp}b_{ri} is closed: near any point only finitely many such sets occur, and their finite union is closed there. Thus supp⁡ϕα⊂⋃α(ri)=αsupp⁡bri⊂Uα. \operatorname{supp}\phi_\alpha\subset \bigcup_{\alpha(ri)=\alpha}\operatorname{supp}b_{ri}\subset U_\alpha. The support is a closed set in MM, exactly as Fact 1.17 requires. Empty members receive zero. On a compact manifold a finite subcover suffices and the same construction can be finite. This justifies sums and extension by zero without weakening the support requirement.

Green’s formula with its original density. In a coordinate chart z=(z1,…,zd)z=(z^1,\ldots,z^d), keep the Riemannian matrix gij(z)g_{ij}(z), its inverse gij(z)g^{ij}(z), and v(z)=det⁡(gij(z))v(z)=\sqrt{\det(g_{ij}(z))}. The nonnegative scalar Laplace–Beltrami operator and volume are Δu=−v−1∑i,j=1d∂i(vgij∂ju),dV=vdz.(P261.14) \Delta u=-v^{-1}\sum_{i,j=1}^d \partial_i(vg^{ij}\partial_ju),\qquad dV=v\,dz. \tag{P261.14} Take the finite compactly supported chart partition (ϕa)(\phi_a) just proved on the compact boundaryless MM. Componentwise compact integration by parts, with every cutoff term retained, gives ∫M(Δu)u¯dV=∑a∑i,j∫vgij(∂ju)∂i(ϕau¯)dz=∑a∑i,j∫ϕavgij(∂ju)∂iu¯dz+∑a∫Mu¯⟨du,dϕa⟩gdV=∫M|du|g2dV.(P261.15) \begin{aligned} \int_M(\Delta u)\overline u\,dV &=\sum_a\sum_{i,j}\int vg^{ij}(\partial_j u)\partial_i(\phi_a\overline u)\,dz\\ &=\sum_a\sum_{i,j}\int \phi_a vg^{ij}(\partial_j u)\overline{\partial_i u}\,dz +\sum_a\int_M\overline u\,\langle du,d\phi_a\rangle_g\,dV\\ &=\int_M |du|_g^2\,dV. \end{aligned} \tag{P261.15} The last sum vanishes because its exact covector sum is d(∑aϕa)=d1=0d(\sum_a\phi_a)=d1=0. Each chart boundary term is zero by compact support, and MM has no boundary. This is valid without orientability: dVdV is a density and the contraction is intrinsic. Summing the same equation over every original vector component gives the stated vector-valued formula. On the Bott sphere the original metric is g‾=|dx|2/(1+|x|2)2\bar g=|dx|^2/(1+|x|^2)^2; hence ((ΔS+1)u,u)=∥du∥g‾2+∥u∥2((\Delta_S+1)u,u)=\|du\|_{\bar g}^2+\|u\|^2, with the coefficient +1+1 retained.

Keeping a second original smooth function ww in place of the conjugated uu in this same calculation gives (Δu,w)=∫M∑i,jgij(∂ju)∂iw¯dV=(u,Δw). (\Delta u,w)=\int_M\sum_{i,j}g^{ij} (\partial_j u)\overline{\partial_i w}\,dV=(u,\Delta w). The identical cutoff cancellation proves both equalities. Thus the formal self-adjointness used for ΔS+1\Delta_S+1 follows with the stated linear-first pairing, rather than from an implicit choice of another adjoint.

17.3. Fact 1.18: the full Hilbert receiver and compact kernel map

For a closed subspace N⊂HN\subset H and x∈Hx\in H, let δ=inf⁡z∈N∥x−z∥\delta=\inf_{z\in N}\|x-z\|, and choose zj∈Nz_j\in N with ∥x−zj∥→δ\|x-z_j\|\to\delta. The complete parallelogram identity gives ∥zj−zl∥2=2∥x−zj∥2+2∥x−zl∥2−4∥x−zj+zl2∥2.(P261.16) \|z_j-z_l\|^2 =2\|x-z_j\|^2+2\|x-z_l\|^2 -4\left\|x-\frac{z_j+z_l}{2}\right\|^2. \tag{P261.16} The last square is at least δ2\delta^2; thus zjz_j is Cauchy. Completeness and closedness give a minimizer z∈Nz\in N. Expanding the square for z+twz+tw, for real and then purely imaginary tt, gives (x−z,w)=0(x-z,w)=0 for every w∈Nw\in N. Two minimizers agree because their difference lies in NN and is orthogonal to NN.

Let ℓ:H→ℂ\ell:H\to\mathbb C be bounded and linear. If ℓ=0\ell=0, take v=0v=0. Otherwise N=ker⁡ℓN=\ker\ell is closed. For xx with ℓ(x)≠0\ell(x)\ne0, its orthogonal component y=x−z≠0y=x-z\ne0 satisfies ℓ(y)=ℓ(x)≠0\ell(y)=\ell(x)\ne0, and u−(ℓ(u)/ℓ(y))y∈Nu-(\ell(u)/\ell(y))y\in N. The inner product is linear in its first variable, so (u,y)=ℓ(u)ℓ(y)∥y∥2,v=ℓ(y)¯∥y∥2y,ℓ(u)=(u,v).(P261.17) (u,y)=\frac{\ell(u)}{\ell(y)}\|y\|^2,\qquad v=\frac{\overline{\ell(y)}}{\|y\|^2}y,\qquad \ell(u)=(u,v). \tag{P261.17} This retains the conjugate. Testing the difference of two representing vectors against itself proves uniqueness. The real Hilbert case omits the conjugate. A functional bounded in the L2L^2 norm on the compact smooth dense subspace extends uniquely by completeness before this representation applies.

The coefficientwise receiver in Lemma 4.3 also retains which test slot is linear. For M=xjM=x_j or M=Dj=−i∂jM=D_j=-i\partial_j, its bound is |(vJ,Mφ)|≤C∥φ∥2|(v_J,M\varphi)|\le C\|\varphi\|_2. This is an antilinear function of the test φ\varphi. Apply (P261.17) to the bounded linear functional ℓM(φ)=(Mφ,vJ)\ell_M(\varphi)=(M\varphi,v_J), extending it first from Cc∞C_c^\infty. Its representing vector wM∈L2w_M\in L^2 gives the exact conjugate equality (Mφ,vJ)=(φ,wM),(vJ,Mφ)=(wM,φ). (M\varphi,v_J)=(\varphi,w_M),\qquad (v_J,M\varphi)=(w_M,\varphi). For M=xjM=x_j this says that the distribution xjvJx_jv_J equals wMw_M. For M=DjM=D_j, substituting τ=φ¯\tau=\overline\varphi gives ∫wMτdx=i∫vJ∂jτdx\int w_M\tau\,dx=i\int v_J\partial_j\tau\,dx, exactly the complex-linear distribution formula for −i∂jvJ-i\partial_jv_J. Thus both required distributions are L2L^2 functions, with the original sign and no change of pairing. Proposition 4.4 uses this same receiver for the maximal domain.

For measurable K∈L2(dxdy)K\in L^2(dx\,dy) on ℝk×ℝk\mathbb R^k\times\mathbb R^k, Fubini gives K(x,⋅)∈L2K(x,\cdot)\in L^2 for almost every xx. Define (TKu)(x)=∫ℝkK(x,y)u(y)dy. (T_Ku)(x)=\int_{\mathbb R^k}K(x,y)u(y)\,dy. Cauchy–Schwarz and Fubini retain the entire norm bound |TKu(x)|2≤(∫|K(x,y)|2dy)(∫|u(y)|2dy),∥TKu∥2≤∥K∥L2(dxdy)∥u∥2.(P261.18) |T_Ku(x)|^2\le \left(\int |K(x,y)|^2\,dy\right)\left(\int |u(y)|^2\,dy\right), \qquad \|T_Ku\|_2\le\|K\|_{L^2(dx\,dy)}\|u\|_2. \tag{P261.18} Measurability follows by integrable measurable approximations and the preceding product-integration proof (LP3)–(LP4). Values on a null exceptional set may be assigned zero.

The preceding compact smooth L2L^2 density (LP10)–(LP12) approximates KK by compact smooth functions on the same ℝ2k\mathbb R^{2k}. Uniform continuity on a compact box then gives finite rectangular-grid approximants Kj(x,y)=∑ν=1Njcν1Aν(x)1Bν(y),∥Kj−K∥2→0,(P261.19) K_j(x,y)=\sum_{\nu=1}^{N_j}c_\nu 1_{A_\nu}(x)1_{B_\nu}(y),\qquad \|K_j-K\|_2\longrightarrow0, \tag{P261.19} where Aν,BνA_\nu,B_\nu are bounded boxes. The uniform error times the square root of the full box volume bounds its L2L^2 error. Each associated operator has range in span⁡{1Aν}\operatorname{span}\{1_{A_\nu}\}, and (P261.18) gives ∥TKj−TK∥≤∥Kj−K∥2→0\|T_{K_j}-T_K\|\le\|K_j-K\|_2\to0. Its unit-ball image is totally bounded: use a finite net for the bounded finite-dimensional TKjT_{K_j} image and this uniform approximation. Completeness makes its closure compact. Finite rectangular matrix kernels keep every entry and intermediate index sum, and the same proof applies to the corresponding finite Hilbert direct sums.

In Section 13 the actual support x∈Lx\in L has finite volume, and the retained decay gives ∫L×ℝν|K(x,y)|2dxdy≤CN2|L|∫ℝν(1+|z|2)−Ndz<∞(2N>ν).(P261.20) \int_{L\times\mathbb R^\nu}|K(x,y)|^2\,dx\,dy \le C_N^2|L|\int_{\mathbb R^\nu}(1+|z|^2)^{-N}\,dz<\infty \quad(2N>\nu). \tag{P261.20} The substitution z=x−yz=x-y has absolute Jacobian one, and all finite matrix entries obey the same estimate. Thus compactness keeps the actual one-sided support and requires no unsupported assertion that this error kernel is supported in L×LL\times L.

17.4. Fact 1.19: convergence and uniform compactness

Dominated convergence is the preceding proof (LP1)–(LP2) in Banach foundations Section 15.1, extended to general measures in Section 16.1. If measurable complex fj→ff_j\to f almost everywhere and |fj|≤g|f_j|\le g for an integrable nonnegative gg, then |f|≤g|f|\le g off the same null set. Fatou’s inequality applied to the full nonnegative function 2g−|fj−f|2g-|f_j-f| gives 2∫g≤liminfj(2∫g−∫|fj−f|).(P261.21) 2\int g\le\liminf_j\left(2\int g-\int|f_j-f|\right). \tag{P261.21} The nonnegative error integrals therefore tend to zero, and complex linearity gives ∫fj→∫f\int f_j\to\int f. Fatou is proved there from the increasing functions inf⁡j≥mhj\inf_{j\ge m}h_j and monotone convergence. This independent proof is the receiver for the Bott frequency integrals and parameter limits.

For Arzelà–Ascoli let KK be compact metric and ℱ⊂C(K;ℂ)\mathcal F\subset C(K;\mathbb C) uniformly bounded and equicontinuous: for every ϵ>0\epsilon>0, one δ>0\delta>0 gives |f(x)−f(y)|<ϵ|f(x)-f(y)|<\epsilon for every f∈ℱf\in\mathcal F whenever d(x,y)<δd(x,y)<\delta. Finite covers by balls of radii tending to zero supply a countable dense set (xr)(x_r). Given a sequence in ℱ\mathcal F, successive bounded subsequences at x1,x2,…x_1,x_2,\ldots, followed by the diagonal subsequence, give fjf_j whose values converge at every xrx_r. Choose the common radius for ϵ/3\epsilon/3 and finitely many xrx_r whose balls of smaller radius cover KK. Once all these finitely many sample differences are below ϵ/3\epsilon/3, every x∈Kx\in K satisfies |fj(x)−fl(x)|≤|fj(x)−fj(xr)|+|fj(xr)−fl(xr)|+|fl(xr)−fl(x)|<ϵ.(P261.22) |f_j(x)-f_l(x)| \le |f_j(x)-f_j(x_r)| +|f_j(x_r)-f_l(x_r)| +|f_l(x_r)-f_l(x)|<\epsilon. \tag{P261.22} The subsequence is uniformly Cauchy. Scalar completeness and the uniform-limit proof in metric foundations Section 7 give a continuous uniform limit. For a sequence in the closure of ℱ\mathcal F, choose approximants in ℱ\mathcal F with error at most 1/j1/j; the same argument gives a convergent subsequence. The preceding metric theorem in Section 14.1 converts sequential compactness of that closure to compactness. Empty KK has the sole zero function; finite-dimensional vector values use their full coordinate subsequences.

For Lemma 7.2 the near-part supports remain |x|≤2R|x|\le2R and |ξ|≤2R|\xi|\le2R. The stated common bounds on f,∇ff,\nabla f imply the common equicontinuity on the closed ball by the segment estimate. Uniform convergence gives L2L^2 convergence by ∥fj−fl∥2≤|{|x|≤2R}|1/2∥fj−fl∥∞;(P261.23) \|f_j-f_l\|_2\le |\{|x|\le2R\}|^{1/2}\|f_j-f_l\|_\infty; \tag{P261.23} the original support makes the exterior contribution zero.

17.5. Fact 1.20: every zero-gradient distribution is constant

Keep the complex-linear distribution pairing, the connected open Ω⊂ℝn\Omega\subset\mathbb R^n, and a box Q=∏j=1n(aj,bj)Q=\prod_{j=1}^n(a_j,b_j) with compact closure in Ω\Omega. Choose ρj∈Cc∞(aj,bj)\rho_j\in C_c^\infty(a_j,b_j) with ∫ρj=1\int\rho_j=1, and set ρ(x)=∏jρj(xj)\rho(x)=\prod_j\rho_j(x_j). For φ∈Cc∞(Q)\varphi\in C_c^\infty(Q) let φ0=φ,φj(xj+1,…,xn)=∫ajbjφj−1(t,xj+1,…,xn)dt, \varphi_0=\varphi,\qquad \varphi_j(x_{j+1},\ldots,x_n) =\int_{a_j}^{b_j}\varphi_{j-1}(t,x_{j+1},\ldots,x_n)\,dt, and define the complete original primitives Fj(x)=(∏i<jρi(xi))∫ajxj[φj−1(t,xj+1,…,xn)−ρj(t)φj(xj+1,…,xn)]dt.(P261.24) F_j(x)= \left(\prod_{i<j}\rho_i(x_i)\right) \int_{a_j}^{x_j} \left[\varphi_{j-1}(t,x_{j+1},\ldots,x_n) -\rho_j(t)\varphi_j(x_{j+1},\ldots,x_n)\right]dt. \tag{P261.24} The bracket has integral zero over (aj,bj)(a_j,b_j), so its primitive vanishes near both endpoints. Its remaining supports are compact and the preceding coordinates have their compact ρi\rho_i factors. Compact differentiation under the integral, proved in the preceding calculus/integration providers, gives Fj∈Cc∞(Q)F_j\in C_c^\infty(Q). Differentiating and summing retains every marginal term and telescopes: φ−ρ∫Qφdx=∑j=1n∂jFj.(P261.25) \varphi-\rho\int_Q\varphi\,dx=\sum_{j=1}^n\partial_jF_j. \tag{P261.25} If ∂ju=0\partial_j u=0, the exact derivative convention ⟨∂ju,Fj⟩=−⟨u,∂jFj⟩\langle\partial_j u,F_j\rangle=-\langle u,\partial_jF_j\rangle therefore gives ⟨u,φ⟩=cQ∫Qφdx,cQ=⟨u,ρ⟩.(P261.26) \langle u,\varphi\rangle=c_Q\int_Q\varphi\,dx,\qquad c_Q=\langle u,\rho\rangle. \tag{P261.26} Intersecting boxes have the same constant: test with a compact smooth function of integral one in their nonempty open intersection. The points reachable from a fixed point by finitely many intersecting boxes form an open set whose complement is open by the local box argument. Connectedness makes this set all of Ω\Omega. Hence one constant cc works on every box. For any compactly supported test, finitely many boxes cover its support. The partition proof above splits it into finitely many box tests; summing gives ⟨u,φ⟩=c∫Ωφdx(φ∈Cc∞(Ω)).(P261.27) \langle u,\varphi\rangle=c\int_\Omega\varphi\,dx \quad(\varphi\in C_c^\infty(\Omega)). \tag{P261.27} This proves equality with the original constant-function distribution, retaining all derivative signs. In dimension zero the connected nonempty domain is the one point and its test space is one-dimensional, so every distribution is its constant distribution. The empty domain has its unique zero distribution.

The receivers in this lesson keep the original exponential coefficients. In Proposition 2.3, (ex2/2u)′=ex2/2(u′+xu)(e^{x^2/2}u)'=e^{x^2/2}(u'+xu) gives u=ce−x2/2u=ce^{-x^2/2}. In Proposition 4.4, for the original aj=∂j+xja_j=\partial_j+x_j, ∂j(e|x|2/2u0)=e|x|2/2aju0\partial_j(e^{|x|^2/2}u_0)=e^{|x|^2/2}a_ju_0 gives u0=ce−|x|2/2u_0=ce^{-|x|^2/2}. The distribution product rule follows directly by applying its derivative definition to the product of the test function and the smooth multiplier. These multipliers and their inverses are smooth on every compact test support, so no global growth condition is inserted into their distribution multiplication.

References

The proof inputs are the earlier course lessons linked in Section 1. The receiving arguments are written out in this lesson: